Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 21, 2011.

Registration No 333-164484

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 12

TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

RYERSON HOLDING CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware		5051		26-1251524
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)		(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)		(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

2621 West 15th Place

Chicago, Illinois 60608

(773) 762-2121

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Terence R. Rogers

Chief Financial Officer

Ryerson Holding Corporation

2621 West 15th Place

Chicago, Illinois 60608

(773) 762-2121

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

 

Cristopher Greer, Esq.		James J. Clark, Esq. William J. Miller, Esq.
Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP 787 Seventh Avenue New York, New York 10019 (212) 728-8000 Facsimile: (212) 728-9214		Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP 80 Pine Street New York, New York 10005 (212) 701-3000 Facsimile: (212) 269-5420

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box.  ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer  ¨		Accelerated filer  ¨
Non-accelerated filer  x		Smaller reporting company  ¨
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

Title of Each Class of Securities To Be Registered		Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price(1)(2)		Amount of Registration Fee(3)
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share		$300,000,000		$34,830

(1)	Estimated solely for purposes of determining the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)	Includes shares of common stock that may be purchased by the underwriters to cover over-allotments, if any. See “Underwriting.”

(3)	Previously paid.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

 

---

Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling stockholders may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion

Preliminary Prospectus dated                     , 2011

PROSPECTUS

             Shares

Ryerson Holding Corporation

Common Stock

 

 

We are selling              shares of our common stock. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to              additional shares of common stock to cover over-allotments. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.

This is the initial public offering of our common stock. We currently expect the initial public offering price to be between $         and $         per share. We have applied to have our common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “RYI.”

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 16.

 

 

 

		Per Share		Total
Public Offering Price		$		$
Underwriting Discount		$		$
Proceeds, before expenses, to us.		$		$

The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional              shares from the selling stockholders, at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days of the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments, if any.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or about                     , 2011.

 

 

 

BofA Merrill Lynch				J.P. Morgan

 

 

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2011.

---

Table of Contents

---

Table of Contents

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus we may specifically authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We have not, and the selling stockholders and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are not, and the selling stockholders and the underwriters are not, making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus we may specifically authorize to be delivered or made available to you is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus, regardless of its time of delivery or of any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

		Page
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY			1
RISK FACTORS			16
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS			28
USE OF PROCEEDS			30
CAPITALIZATION			31
DILUTION			32
DIVIDEND POLICY			33
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA			34
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS			37
BUSINESS			56
MANAGEMENT			71
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION			76
GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS			83
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION			86
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS			87
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS			89
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK			91
DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS			94
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE			101
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS			103
UNDERWRITING			105
LEGAL MATTERS			112
EXPERTS			112
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION			113
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS			F-1

---

Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

In this prospectus, we rely on and refer to information and statistics regarding the steel processing industry and our market share in the sectors in which we compete. We obtained this information and these statistics from sources other than us, which we have supplemented where necessary with information from publicly available sources, discussions with our customers and our own internal estimates. References in this prospectus to:

 

•

The Institute of Supply Management refer to its April 2011 Manufacturing ISM Report on Business®;

 

•

The U.S. Congressional Budget Office refer to its January 2011 report entitled “The Budget and Economic Outlook: Fiscal Years 2011 to 2021”;

 

•

The Metals Service Center Institute (“MSCI”) refer to its April 2011 edition of “MSCI Metal Activity Report”;

 

•

The Economist Intelligence Unit refer to its March 2011 country report on China; and

 

•

CRU refers to projections featured in the February 2011 issue of “Stainless Steel Flat Products Quarterly Industry and Market Outlook” by CRU Group.

We use these sources and estimates and believe them to be reliable, but we cannot give you any assurance that any of the projected results will be achieved.

---

Table of Contents

 

1

---

Table of Contents

 

2

---

Table of Contents

 

3

---

Table of Contents

 

4

---

Table of Contents

 

5

---

Table of Contents

 

6

---

Table of Contents

 

7

---

Table of Contents

 

8

---

Table of Contents

 

9

---

Table of Contents

 

10

---

Table of Contents

 

11

---

Table of Contents

 

12

---

Table of Contents

 

13

---

Table of Contents

 

14

---

Table of Contents

 

15

---

Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before making your decision to invest in shares of our common stock. We cannot assure you that any of the events discussed in the risk factors below will not occur. These risks could have a material and adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. If that were to happen, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Business

We service industries that are highly cyclical, and any downturn in our customers’ industries could reduce our sales and profitability. The economic downturn has reduced demand for our products and may continue to reduce demand until an economic recovery.

Many of our products are sold to industries that experience significant fluctuations in demand based on economic conditions, energy prices, seasonality, consumer demand and other factors beyond our control. These industries include manufacturing, electrical products and transportation. We do not expect the cyclical nature of our industry to change.

The U.S. economy entered an economic recession in December 2007, which spread to many global markets in 2008 and 2009 and affected Ryerson and other metals service centers. Beginning in late 2008 and continuing through 2010, the metals industry, including Ryerson and other service centers, felt additional effects of the global economic crisis and recovery thereto and the impact of the credit market disruption. These events contributed to a rapid decline in both demand for our products and pricing levels for those products. The Company has implemented a number of actions to conserve cash, reduce costs and strengthen its competitiveness, including curtailing non-critical capital expenditures, initiating headcount reductions and reductions of certain employee benefits, among other actions. However, there can be no assurance that these actions, or any others that the Company may take in response to further deterioration in economic and financial conditions, will be sufficient.

The global financial and banking crises have caused a lack of credit availability that has limited and may continue to limit the ability of our customers to purchase our products or to pay us in a timely manner.

In climates of global financial and banking crises, such as those from which we are currently recovering, the ability of our customers to maintain credit availability has become more challenging. In particular, the financial viability of many of our customers is threatened, which may impact their ability to pay us amounts due, further affecting our financial condition and results of operations.

The metals distribution business is very competitive and increased competition could reduce our gross margins and net income.

The principal markets that we serve are highly competitive. The metals distribution industry is fragmented and competitive, consisting of a large number of small companies and a few relatively large companies. Competition is based principally on price, service, quality, production capabilities, inventory availability and timely delivery. Competition in the various markets in which we participate comes from companies of various sizes, some of which have greater financial resources than we have and some of which have more established brand names in the local markets served by us. Increased competition could force us to lower our prices or to offer increased services at a higher cost, which could reduce our profitability.

 

16

---

Table of Contents

The economic downturn has reduced metals prices. Though prices have risen since the onset of the economic downturn, we cannot assure you that prices will continue to rise. Changing metals prices may have a significant impact on our liquidity, net sales, gross margins, operating income and net income.

The metals industry as a whole is cyclical and, at times, pricing and availability of metal can be volatile due to numerous factors beyond our control, including general domestic and international economic conditions, labor costs, sales levels, competition, levels of inventory held by other metals service centers, consolidation of metals producers, higher raw material costs for the producers of metals, import duties and tariffs and currency exchange rates. This volatility can significantly affect the availability and cost of materials for us.

We, like many other metals service centers, maintain substantial inventories of metal to accommodate the short lead times and just-in-time delivery requirements of our customers. Accordingly, we purchase metals in an effort to maintain our inventory at levels that we believe to be appropriate to satisfy the anticipated needs of our customers based upon historic buying practices, contracts with customers and market conditions. When metals prices decline, as they did in 2008 and 2009, customer demands for lower prices and our competitors’ responses to those demands could result in lower sale prices and, consequently, lower margins as we use existing metals inventory. Notwithstanding recent price increases, metals prices may decline in 2011, and declines in those prices or further reductions in sales volumes could adversely impact our ability to maintain our liquidity and to remain in compliance with certain financial covenants under the Ryerson Credit Facility, as well as result in us incurring inventory or goodwill impairment charges. Changing metals prices therefore could significantly impact our liquidity, net sales, gross margins, operating income and net income.

We have a substantial amount of indebtedness, which could adversely affect our financial position and prevent us from fulfilling our financial obligations.

We currently have a substantial amount of indebtedness and may incur additional indebtedness in the future. As of March 31, 2011, after giving effect to this offering and the application of net proceeds from this offering, our total indebtedness would have been approximately $         million and we would have had approximately $         million of unused capacity under the Ryerson Credit Facility. Our substantial indebtedness may:

 

•

make it difficult for us to satisfy our financial obligations, including making scheduled principal and interest payments on the notes and our other indebtedness;

 

•

limit our ability to borrow additional funds for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and general corporate and other purposes;

 

•

limit our ability to use our cash flow or obtain additional financing for future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general corporate purposes;

 

•

require us to use a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to make debt service payments;

 

•

limit our flexibility to plan for, or react to, changes in our business and industry;

 

•

place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our less leveraged competitors; and

 

•

increase our vulnerability to the impact of adverse economic and industry conditions.

We may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. The terms of the Ryerson Credit Facility and the indentures governing our outstanding notes restrict but do not prohibit us from doing so. If new indebtedness is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we now face could intensify.

 

17

---

Table of Contents

The covenants in the Ryerson Credit Facility and the indentures governing our notes impose, and covenants contained in agreements governing indebtedness that we incur in the future may impose, restrictions that may limit our operating and financial flexibility.

The Ryerson Credit Facility and the indentures governing our notes contain a number of significant restrictions and covenants that limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries, including Ryerson Inc., to:

 

•

incur additional debt;

 

•

pay dividends on our capital stock or repurchase our capital stock;

 

•

make certain investments or other restricted payments;

 

•

create liens or use assets as security in other transactions;

 

•

merge, consolidate or transfer or dispose of substantially all of our assets; and

 

•

engage in transactions with affiliates.

The terms of the Ryerson Credit Facility require that, in the event availability under the facility declines to a certain level, we maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio at the end of each fiscal quarter. Total credit availability is limited by the amount of eligible accounts receivable and inventory pledged as collateral under the agreement insofar as the Company is subject to a borrowing base comprised of the aggregate of these two amounts, less applicable reserves. As of March 31, 2011, total credit availability was $302 million based upon eligible accounts receivable and inventory pledged as collateral.

Additionally, subject to certain exceptions, the indenture governing Ryerson’s notes restricts Ryerson’s ability to pay us dividends to the extent of 50% of future net income, once prior losses are offset. Future net income is defined in the indenture governing the notes as net income adjusted for, among other things, the inclusion of dividends from joint ventures actually received in cash by Ryerson, and the exclusion of: (i) all extraordinary gains or losses; (ii) a certain portion of net income allocable to minority interest in unconsolidated persons or investments in unrestricted subsidiaries; (iii) gains or losses in respect of any asset sale on an after tax basis; (iv) the net income from any disposed or discontinued operations or any net gains or losses on disposed or discontinued operations, on an after-tax basis; (v) any gain or loss realized as a result of the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles; (vi) any fees and expenses paid in connection with the issuance of Ryerson’s notes; (vii) non-cash compensation expense incurred with any issuance of equity interest to an employee; and (viii) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to the early extinguishment of debt. Our future indebtedness may contain covenants more restrictive in certain respects than the restrictions contained in the Ryerson Credit Facility and the indentures governing our notes. Operating results below current levels or other adverse factors, including a significant increase in interest rates, could result in our being unable to comply with financial covenants that are contained in the Ryerson Credit Facility or that may be contained in any future indebtedness. In addition, complying with these covenants may also cause us to take actions that are not favorable to holders of our notes and may make it more difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy and compete against companies that are not subject to such restrictions.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness.

Our ability to make payments on our indebtedness depends on our ability to generate cash in the future. Our outstanding notes, the Ryerson Credit Facility and our other outstanding indebtedness are expected to account for significant cash interest expenses. Accordingly, we will have to generate significant cash flows from operations to meet our debt service requirements. If we do not generate sufficient cash flow to meet our debt service and working capital requirements, we may be required to sell assets, seek additional capital, reduce capital expenditures, restructure or refinance all or a portion of our existing indebtedness, or seek additional financing. Moreover, insufficient cash flow may make it more difficult for us to obtain financing on terms that are

 

18

---

Table of Contents

acceptable to us, or at all. Furthermore, Platinum has no obligation to provide us with debt or equity financing and we therefore may be unable to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness.

Because a substantial portion of our indebtedness bears interest at rates that fluctuate with changes in certain prevailing short-term interest rates, we are vulnerable to interest rate increases.

A substantial portion of our indebtedness, including the Ryerson Credit Facility and the 2014 Notes, bears interest at rates that fluctuate with changes in certain short-term prevailing interest rates. As of March 31, 2011, Ryerson Holding’s subsidiaries had approximately $102.9 million of floating rate debt under the 2014 Notes and approximately $533.9 million of outstanding borrowings under the Ryerson Credit Facility, with an additional $302 million available for borrowing under such facility. Assuming a consistent level of debt, a 100 basis point change in the interest rate on our floating rate debt effective from the beginning of the year would increase or decrease our fiscal 2011 interest expense under the Ryerson Credit Facility and the 2014 Notes by approximately $5.9 million on an annual basis. We use derivative financial instruments to manage a portion of the potential impact of our interest rate risk. To some extent, derivative financial instruments can protect against increases in interest rates, but they do not provide complete protection over the long term. If interest rates increase dramatically, we could be unable to service our debt.

We may not be able to successfully consummate and complete the integration of future acquisitions, and if we are unable to do so, we may be unable to increase our growth rates.

We have grown through a combination of internal expansion, acquisitions and joint ventures. We intend to continue to grow through selective acquisitions, but we may not be able to identify appropriate acquisition candidates, obtain financing on satisfactory terms, consummate acquisitions or integrate acquired businesses effectively and profitably into our existing operations. Restrictions contained in the agreements governing our notes, the Ryerson Credit Facility or our other existing or future debt may also inhibit our ability to make certain investments, including acquisitions and participations in joint ventures.

Our future success will depend on our ability to complete the integration of these future acquisitions successfully into our operations. After any acquisition, customers may choose to diversify their supply chains to reduce reliance on a single supplier for a portion of their metals needs. We may not be able to retain all of our and an acquisition’s customers, which may adversely affect our business and sales. Integrating acquisitions, particularly large acquisitions, requires us to enhance our operational and financial systems and employ additional qualified personnel, management and financial resources, and may adversely affect our business by diverting management away from day-to-day operations. Further, failure to successfully integrate acquisitions may adversely affect our profitability by creating significant operating inefficiencies that could increase our operating expenses as a percentage of sales and reduce our operating income. In addition, we may not realize expected cost savings from acquisitions, which may also adversely affect our profitability.

We may not be able to retain or expand our customer base if the North American manufacturing industry continues to erode through moving offshore or through acquisition and merger or consolidation activity in our customers’ industries.

Our customer base primarily includes manufacturing and industrial firms. Some of our customers operate in industries that are undergoing consolidation through acquisition and merger activity; some are considering or have considered relocating production operations overseas or outsourcing particular functions overseas; and some customers have closed as they were unable to compete successfully with overseas competitors. Our facilities are predominately located in the United States and Canada. To the extent that our customers cease U.S. operations, relocate or move operations overseas to regions in which we do not have a presence, we could lose their business. Acquirers of manufacturing and industrial firms may have suppliers of choice that do not include us, which could impact our customer base and market share.

 

19

---

Table of Contents

Certain of our operations are located outside of the United States, which subjects us to risks associated with international activities.

Certain of our operations are located outside of the United States, primarily in Canada, Mexico and China. We are subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), which generally prohibits U.S. companies and their intermediaries from making corrupt payments or otherwise corruptly giving any other thing of value to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or keeping business or otherwise obtaining favorable treatment, and requires companies to maintain adequate record-keeping and internal accounting practices. The FCPA applies to covered companies, individual directors, officers, employees and agents. Under the FCPA, U.S. companies may be held liable for actions taken by strategic or local partners or representatives. If we or our intermediaries fail to comply with the requirements of the FCPA, governmental authorities in the United States could seek to impose civil and/or criminal penalties.

The Chinese government exerts substantial influence over the manner in which we must conduct our business activities, particularly with regards to the land our facilities are located on.

The Chinese government has exercised and continues to exercise substantial control over the Chinese economy through regulation and state ownership. Our ability to operate in China may be harmed by changes in its laws and regulations, including those relating to taxation, import and export tariffs, environmental regulations, land use rights, property and other matters. We believe that our operations in China are in material compliance with all applicable legal and regulatory requirements. However, the central or local governments of the jurisdictions in which we operate may impose new, stricter regulations or interpretations of existing regulations that would require additional expenditures and efforts on our part to ensure our compliance with such regulations or interpretations. Moreover, the Chinese court system does not provide the same property and contract right guarantees as do courts in the United States and, accordingly, disputes may be protracted and resolution of claims may result in significant economic loss.

Additionally, although in recent years the Chinese government has implemented measures emphasizing the utilization of market forces for economic reform, there is no private ownership of land in China and all land ownership is held by the government of China, its agencies, and collectives, which issue land use rights that are generally renewable. We lease the land where our Chinese facilities are located from the Chinese government. Although we believe our relationship with the Chinese government is sound, if the Chinese government decided to terminate our land use rights agreements, our assets could become impaired and our ability to meet customer orders could be impacted.

Operating results may experience seasonal fluctuations.

A portion of our customers experience seasonal slowdowns. Our sales in the months of July, November and December traditionally have been lower than in other months because of a reduced number of shipping days and holiday or vacation closures for some customers. Consequently, our sales in the first two quarters of the year are usually higher than in the third and fourth quarters.

Damage to our information technology infrastructure could harm our business.

The unavailability of any of our computer-based systems for any significant period of time could have a material adverse effect on our operations. In particular, our ability to manage inventory levels successfully largely depends on the efficient operation of our computer hardware and software systems. We use management information systems to track inventory information at individual facilities, communicate customer information and aggregate daily sales, margin and promotional information. Difficulties associated with upgrades, installations of major software or hardware, and integration with new systems could have a material adverse effect on results of operations. We will be required to expend substantial resources to integrate our information systems with the systems of companies we have acquired. The integration of these systems may disrupt our business or lead to operating inefficiencies. In addition, these systems are vulnerable to, among other things, damage or interruption

 

20

---

Table of Contents

from fire, flood, tornado and other natural disasters, power loss, computer system and network failures, operator negligence, physical and electronic loss of data, or security breaches and computer viruses.

Any significant work stoppages can harm our business.

As of March 31, 2011, we employed approximately 3,700 persons in North America and 500 persons in China. Our North American workforce was comprised of approximately 1,900 office employees and approximately 1,800 plant employees. Forty percent of our plant employees were members of various unions, including the United Steel Workers and the International Brotherhood of Teamsters unions. Our relationship with the various unions has generally been good. There has been one work stoppage over the last five years.

Six collective bargaining agreements expired in 2008, a year in which we reached agreement on the renewal of four contracts covering 53 employees. Two contracts covering 52 employees were extended into 2009. We reached agreement in 2009 on one of the extended contracts covering 45 employees and the single remaining contract from 2008, covering approximately five persons, remains on an extension. In addition, negotiations over a new collective bargaining agreement at a newly certified location employing four persons began in late 2008 and concluded in 2009. Nine contracts covering 339 persons were scheduled to expire in 2009. We reached agreement on the renewal of eight contracts covering approximately 258 persons and one contract covering approximately 89 persons was extended. During 2010, the parties to this extended contract covering two Chicago area facilities agreed to sever the bargaining unit between the two facilities and bargaining was concluded for one facility, which covers approximately 59 employees. This new contract expires on December 31, 2011. The other facility’s contract, which covers approximately 30 employees, remains on extension. Seven contracts covering approximately 85 persons were scheduled to expire in 2010. We reached agreement on the renewal of all seven contracts. Ten contracts covering approximately 312 persons are scheduled to expire in 2011. One of these contracts, which covers 59 employees, will not be renewed due to facility closure. We may not be able to negotiate extensions of these agreements or new agreements prior to their expiration date. As a result, we may experience additional labor disruptions in the future.

Certain employee retirement benefit plans are underfunded and the actual cost of those benefits could exceed current estimates, which would require us to fund the shortfall.

As of December 31, 2010, our pension plan had an unfunded liability of $306 million. Our actual costs for benefits required to be paid may exceed those projected and future actuarial assessments to the extent that those costs exceed the current assessment. Under those circumstances, the adjustments required to be made to our recorded liability for these benefits could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition and cash payments to fund these plans could have a material adverse effect on our cash flows. We may be required to make substantial future contributions to improve the plan’s funded status.

Future funding for postretirement employee benefits other than pensions also may require substantial payments from current cash flow.

We provide postretirement life insurance and medical benefits to eligible retired employees. Our unfunded postretirement benefit obligation as of December 31, 2010 was $176 million. Our actual costs for benefits required to be paid may exceed those projected and future actuarial assessments to the extent that those costs exceed the current assessment. Under those circumstances, adjustments will be required to be made to our recorded liability for these benefits.

Any prolonged disruption of our processing centers could harm our business.

We have dedicated processing centers that permit us to produce standardized products in large volumes while maintaining low operating costs. We may suffer prolonged disruption in the operations of any of these facilities, whether due to labor or technical difficulties, destruction or damage to any of the facilities or otherwise.

 

21

---

Table of Contents

If we are unable to retain and attract management and key personnel, it may adversely affect our business.

We believe that our success is due, in part, to our experienced management team. Losing the services of one or more members of our management team could adversely affect our business and possibly prevent us from improving our operational, financial and information management systems and controls. In the future, we may need to retain and hire additional qualified sales, marketing, administrative, operating and technical personnel, and to train and manage new personnel. Our ability to implement our business plan is dependent on our ability to retain and hire a large number of qualified employees each year.

Our existing international operations and potential joint ventures may cause us to incur costs and risks that may distract management from effectively operating our North American business, and such operations or joint ventures may not be profitable.

We maintain foreign operations in Canada, China and Mexico. International operations are subject to certain risks inherent in conducting business in, and with, foreign countries, including price controls, exchange controls, export controls, economic sanctions, duties, tariffs, limitations on participation in local enterprises, nationalization, expropriation and other governmental action, and changes in currency exchange rates. While we believe that our current arrangements with local partners provide us with experienced business partners in foreign countries, events or issues, including disagreements with our partners, may occur that require attention of our senior executives and may result in expenses or losses that erode the profitability of our foreign operations or cause our capital investments abroad to be unprofitable.

Lead time and the cost of our products could increase if we were to lose one of our primary suppliers.

If, for any reason, our primary suppliers of aluminum, carbon steel, stainless steel or other metals should curtail or discontinue their delivery of such metals in the quantities needed and at prices that are competitive, our business could suffer. The number of available suppliers could be reduced by factors such as industry consolidation and bankruptcies affecting steel and metal producers. For the year ended December 31, 2010, our top 25 suppliers represented approximately 77% of our purchases, and our largest supplier accounted for approximately 15% of our purchases. We could be significantly and adversely affected if delivery were disrupted from a major supplier. If, in the future, we were unable to obtain sufficient amounts of the necessary metals at competitive prices and on a timely basis from our traditional suppliers, we may not be able to obtain such metals from alternative sources at competitive prices to meet our delivery schedules, which could have a material adverse effect on our sales and profitability.

We could incur substantial costs in order to comply with, or to address any violations or liability under, environmental, health and safety laws that could significantly increase our operating expenses and reduce our operating income.

Our operations are subject to various environmental, health and safety statutes and regulations, including laws and regulations governing materials we use. In addition, certain of our operations are subject to foreign, federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations that impose limitations on the discharge of pollutants into the air and water and establish standards for the treatment, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous wastes and remediation of contaminated soil, surface waters and groundwater. Failure to maintain or achieve compliance with these laws and regulations or with the permits required for our operations could result in substantial operating costs and capital expenditures, in addition to fines and civil or criminal sanctions, third party claims for property damage or personal injury, worker’s compensation or personal injury claims, cleanup costs or temporary or permanent discontinuance of operations. Certain of our facilities are located in industrial areas, have a history of heavy industrial use and have been in operation for many years and, over time, we and other predecessor operators of these facilities have generated, used, handled and disposed of hazardous and other regulated wastes. Environmental liabilities could exist, including cleanup obligations at these facilities or at off-site locations where materials from our operations were disposed of, which could result in future expenditures

 

22

---

Table of Contents

that cannot be currently quantified. Future changes to environmental, health and safety laws or regulations, including those related to climate change, could result in material liabilities and costs, constrain operations or make such operations more costly for us, our suppliers and our customers.

We are subject to litigation that could strain our resources and distract management.

From time to time, we are involved in a variety of claims, lawsuits and other disputes arising in the ordinary course of business. These suits concern issues including product liability, contract disputes, employee-related matters and personal injury matters. It is not feasible to predict the outcome of all pending suits and claims, and the ultimate resolution of these matters as well as future lawsuits could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows or reputation.

We may face product liability claims that are costly and create adverse publicity.

If any of the products that we sell cause harm to any of our customers, we could be exposed to product liability lawsuits. If we were found liable under product liability claims, we could be required to pay substantial monetary damages. Further, even if we successfully defended ourself against this type of claim, we could be forced to spend a substantial amount of money in litigation expenses, our management could be required to spend valuable time in the defense against these claims and our reputation could suffer.

The volatility of the market could result in a material impairment of goodwill.

We evaluate goodwill on an annual basis and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate potential impairment. Events or changes in circumstances that could trigger an impairment review include significant underperformance relative to our historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner or the use of our assets or the strategy for our overall business, and significant negative industry or economic trends. We test for impairment of goodwill by calculating the fair value of a reporting unit using an income approach based on discounted future cash flows. Under this method, the fair value of each reporting unit is estimated based on expected future economic benefits discounted to a present value at a rate of return commensurate with the risk associated with the investment. Projected cash flows are discounted to present value using an estimated weighted average cost of capital, which considers both returns to equity and debt investors. The income approach is subject to a comparison for reasonableness to a market approach at the date of valuation. Significant changes in any one of the assumptions made as part of our analysis, which could occur as a result of actual events, or further declines in the market conditions for our products, could significantly impact our impairment analysis. An impairment charge, if incurred, could be material.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

As of March 31, 2011, we had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards totaling approximately $110 million, which expire on December 31, 2030. Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and certain other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change income may be limited significantly. In general, an “ownership change” will occur if there is a cumulative change in our ownership by “5-percent shareholders” that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period. It is not expected that the offering will result in an “ownership change.” However, because the potential existence and amount of our “5-percent shareholders,” if any, resulting from the offering is not within our control, there is no assurance that the offering will not result in an ownership change. Moreover, even if an ownership change does not result from the offering, subsequent events over which we will have little or no control (including changes in the direct and indirect ownership of our 5- percent shareholders) may cause us to experience an ownership change in the near future. An ownership change could significantly limit the future use of our pre-change tax attributes and thereby significantly increase our future tax liabilities.

 

23

---

Table of Contents

Our risk management strategies may result in losses.

From time to time, we may use fixed-price and/or fixed-volume supplier contracts to offset contracts with customers. Additionally, we may use foreign exchange contracts and interest rate swaps to hedge Canadian dollar and floating rate debt exposures. These risk management strategies pose certain risks, including the risk that losses on a hedge position may exceed the amount invested in such instruments. Moreover, a party in a hedging transaction may be unavailable or unwilling to settle our obligations, which could cause us to suffer corresponding losses. A hedging instrument may not be effective in eliminating all of the risks inherent in any particular position. Our profitability may be adversely affected during any period as a result of use of such instruments.

We may be adversely affected by currency fluctuations in the U.S. dollar versus the Canadian dollar and the Chinese renminbi.

We have significant operations in Canada which incur the majority of their metal supply costs in U.S. dollars but earn the majority of their sales in Canadian dollars. Additionally, we have significant assets in China. We may from time to time experience losses when the value of the U.S. dollar strengthens against the Canadian dollar or the Chinese renminbi, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, we will be subject to translation risk when we consolidate our Canadian and Chinese subsidiaries’ net assets into our balance sheet. Fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar versus the Canadian dollar or Chinese renminbi could reduce the value of these assets as reported in our financial statements, which could, as a result, reduce our stockholders’ equity.

Risks Relating to Our Common Stock and this Offering

There is no existing market for our common stock, and we do not know if one will develop to provide you with adequate liquidity.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of an active trading market on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), or otherwise, or how liquid that market might become. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of our common stock that you buy in this offering. Consequently, you may not be able to sell our common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price you paid in this offering. In addition, an inactive trading market may impair our ability to raise additional capital by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies by using our shares as consideration.

The initial public offering price of the shares has been determined by negotiations between the Company and the representative of the underwriters. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our record of operations, our current financial condition, our future prospects, our markets, the economic conditions in and future prospects for the industry in which we compete, our management, and currently prevailing general conditions in the equity securities markets, including current market valuations of publicly traded companies considered comparable to our company. We cannot assure you, however, that the prices at which the shares will sell in the public market after this offering will not be lower than the initial public offering price or that an active trading market in our common stock will develop and continue after this offering.

Our stock price may be volatile, and your investment in our common stock could suffer a decline in value.

The stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may negatively affect the market price of our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock was determined by negotiations between the Company and the

 

24

---

Table of Contents

representative of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. You may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price due to fluctuations in the market price of our common stock caused by changes in our operating performance or prospects, including possible changes due to the cyclical nature of the metals distribution industry and other factors such as fluctuations in metals prices, which could cause short-term swings in profit margins. If the market price of our ordinary shares after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment in us and may lose some or all of your investment. In addition, companies that have historically experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns.

Future sales of our common stock in the public market could lower our share price.

We may sell additional shares of common stock into the public markets after this offering. The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our common stock in the public markets after this offering or the perception that these sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

After the consummation of this offering, we will have         shares of common stock outstanding. Of the remaining         outstanding shares, 5,000,000, or     %, of our total outstanding shares will be restricted from immediate resale under the “lock-up” agreements between us and all of our directors, officers and stockholders and the underwriters described in the section entitled “Underwriting” below, but may be sold into the market after those “lock-up” restrictions expire, in certain limited circumstances as set forth in the “lock-up” agreements, or if they are waived by Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC as the representatives of the underwriters, in their discretion. The outstanding shares subject to the “lock-up” restrictions will generally become available for sale following the expiration of the lock-up agreements, which is 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to the volume limitations and manner-of-sale requirements under Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

This offering will cause immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value.

The initial public offering price of a share of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value (deficit) per share of our outstanding common stock immediately after this offering. Net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents the amount of total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding. If you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur an immediate dilution of approximately $             in the net tangible book value per share of common stock based on our net tangible book value as of March 31, 2011. You may experience additional dilution if we issue common stock in the future. As a result of this dilution, you may receive significantly less than the full purchase price you paid for the shares in the event of a liquidation. See “Dilution.”

Our controlling stockholder and its affiliates will be able to influence matters requiring stockholder approval and could discourage the purchase of our outstanding shares at a premium.

Prior to this offering, Platinum owned 99% of our outstanding common stock. Upon completion of this offering, Platinum will continue to control all matters submitted for approval by our stockholders through its ownership of approximately     % of our outstanding common stock. These matters could include the election of all of the members of our Board of Directors, amendments to our organizational documents, or the approval of any proxy contests, mergers, tender offers, sales of assets or other major corporate transactions.

The interests of Platinum may not in all cases be aligned with your interests as a holder of common stock. For example, a sale of a substantial number of shares of stock in the future by Platinum could cause our stock price to decline. Further, Platinum could cause us to make acquisitions that increase the amount of the

 

25

---

Table of Contents

indebtedness that is secured or senior to the Company’s existing debt or sell revenue-generating assets, impairing our ability to make payments under such debt. Additionally, Platinum is in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. Accordingly, Platinum may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. In addition, Platinum may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures and other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their equity investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to you as a holder of our common stock. For example on January 29, 2010, we closed an offering (the “Ryerson Holding Offering”) pursuant to which we issued the Ryerson Holding Notes, 96% of the gross proceeds of which were paid to Platinum as a cash dividend. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to redeem in full the Ryerson Holding Notes. See “Use of Proceeds.”

We are exempt from certain corporate governance requirements since we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, you will not have the protections afforded by these corporate governance requirements.

Because Platinum will control more than 50% of the voting power of our common stock after this offering, we are considered to be a “controlled company” for purposes of the NYSE listing requirements. Under the NYSE rules, a “controlled company” may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements, including (1) the requirement that a majority of our Board of Directors consist of independent directors, (2) the requirement that the nominating and corporate governance committee of our Board of Directors be composed entirely of independent directors, (3) the requirement that the compensation committee of our Board of Directors be composed entirely of independent directors and (4) the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nomination/corporate governance and compensation committees. Given that Platinum will control a majority of the voting power of our common stock after this offering, we are permitted, and have elected, to opt out of compliance with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.

If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, our business, operating results and stock price could be adversely affected.

Beginning with our annual report for our fiscal year ending December 31, 2011, Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 404”), will require us to include a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting. This report must contain an assessment by management of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of our fiscal year and a statement as to whether or not our internal controls are effective. To the extent we become an accelerated or large accelerated filer, our annual reports, beginning with our annual report for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011, must also contain a statement that our independent registered public accounting firm has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

In order to achieve timely compliance with Section 404, we have begun a process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting. Our efforts to comply with Section 404 have resulted in, and are likely to continue to result in, significant costs, the commitment of time and operational resources and the diversion of management’s attention. If our management identifies one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, market perception of our financial condition and the trading price of our stock may be adversely affected and customer perception of our business may suffer.

 

26

---

Table of Contents

Our corporate documents and Delaware law will contain provisions that could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of the Company.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions that may make the acquisition of our company more difficult without the approval of our Board of Directors. These provisions:

 

•

establish a classified Board of Directors so that not all members of our Board of Directors are elected at one time;

 

•

authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval, and which may include super voting, special approval, dividend, or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of the holders of common stock;

 

•

prohibit stockholder action by written consent, which requires all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

 

•

provide that the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, or repeal our amended and restated bylaws; and

 

•

establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our Board of Directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions under Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions you desire.

Any issuance of preferred stock could make it difficult for another company to acquire us or could otherwise adversely affect holders of our common stock, which could depress the price of our common stock.

Upon completion of this offering, our Board of Directors will have the authority to issue preferred stock and to determine the preferences, limitations and relative rights of shares of preferred stock and to fix the number of shares constituting any series and the designation of such series, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our preferred stock could be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to the rights of our common stock. The potential issuance of preferred stock may delay or prevent a change in control of us, discouraging bids for our common stock at a premium over the market price, and adversely affect the market price and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock.

We do not intend to pay regular cash dividends on our stock after this offering.

We do not anticipate declaring or paying regular cash dividends on our common stock or any other equity security in the foreseeable future. The amounts that may be available to us to pay cash dividends are restricted under our debt agreements. Any payment of cash dividends on our common stock in the future will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon our results of operations, earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, future prospects, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors. Therefore, you should not rely on dividend income from shares of our common stock. For more information, see “Dividend Policy.” Your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment in us may be if the market price of our common stock appreciates and you sell your shares at a profit but there is no guarantee that the market price for our common stock after this offering will ever exceed the price that you pay for our common stock in this offering.

 

27

---

Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains “forward-looking statements.” Such statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “estimates,” “will,” “should,” “plans” or “anticipates” or the negative thereof or other variations thereon or comparable terminology, or by discussions of strategy. Readers are cautioned that any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and may involve significant risks and uncertainties, and that actual results may vary materially from those in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors. Among the factors that significantly impact the metals distribution industry and our business are:

 

•

cyclicality of our business, due to the cyclical nature of our customers’ businesses;

 

•

remaining competitive and maintaining market share in the highly fragmented metals distribution industry, in which price is a competitive tool and in which customers who purchase commodity products are often able to source metals from a variety of sources;

 

•

managing the costs of purchased metals relative to the price at which we sell our products during periods of rapid price escalation, when we may not be able to pass through pricing increases fully to our customers quickly enough to maintain desirable gross margins, or during periods of generally declining prices, when our customers may demand that price decreases be passed fully on to them more quickly than we are able to obtain similar discounts from our suppliers;

 

•

the failure to effectively integrate newly acquired operations;

 

•

our customer base, which, unlike many of our competitors, contains a substantial percentage of large customers, so that the potential loss of one or more large customers could negatively impact tonnage sold and our profitability;

 

•

fluctuating operating costs depending on seasonality;

 

•

our substantial indebtedness and the covenants in instruments governing such indebtedness;

 

•

potential damage to our information technology infrastructure;

 

•

work stoppages;

 

•

certain employee retirement benefit plans that are underfunded and the actual costs could exceed current estimates;

 

•

future funding for postretirement employee benefits may require substantial payments from current cash flow;

 

•

prolonged disruption of our processing centers;

 

•

ability to retain and attract management and key personnel;

 

•

ability of management to focus on North American and foreign operations;

 

•

termination of supplier arrangements;

 

•

the incurrence of substantial costs or liabilities to comply with, or as a result of violations of, environmental laws;

 

•

the impact of new or pending litigation against us;

 

•

impairment of goodwill that could result from, among other things, volatility in the markets in which we operate;

 

•

a risk of product liability claims;

 

28

---

Table of Contents

•

following this offering, a single investor group will continue to control all matters submitted for approval by our stockholders, and the interests of that single investor group may conflict with yours as a holder of our common stock;

 

•

our risk management strategies may result in losses;

 

•

currency fluctuations in the U.S. dollar versus the Canadian dollar, the Chinese renminbi, and the Hong Kong dollar;

 

•

management of inventory and other costs and expenses; and

 

•

consolidation in the metals producer industry, from which we purchase products, which could limit our ability to effectively negotiate and manage costs of inventory or cause material shortages, either of which would impact profitability.

These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those suggested by the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements should, therefore, be considered in light of various factors, including those set forth in this prospectus under “Risk Factors” and the caption “Industry and Operating Trends” included in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we caution you not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date they were made. We do not undertake any obligation to publicly release any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

29

---

Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of the         shares of common stock that we are offering will be approximately $         million after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses of $         million and assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the estimated initial public offering price range. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds from the sales of shares of common stock that we are offering by $         million after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses of $         million.

We intend to use our net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus (i) to redeem in full the Ryerson Holding Notes, plus pay accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, up to, but not including, the redemption date, (ii) with respect to 50% of any remaining net proceeds following the redemption described in clause (i), subject to certain exceptions, to make an offer to repurchase the 2015 Notes at par and (iii) with respect to the remaining 50%, to repay outstanding indebtedness under the Ryerson Credit Facility and to pay related fees and expenses. To the extent that there are additional remaining proceeds after the offer to repurchase in clause (ii) above, we will repay outstanding indebtedness under the Ryerson Credit Facility and pay related fees and expenses as provided in clause (iii) above. See “Underwriting.” The Ryerson Credit Facility matures on the earliest of (i) March 2016, (ii) 90 days prior to the scheduled maturity date of the 2014 Notes, if any 2014 Notes are then outstanding and (iii) 90 days prior to the scheduled maturity date of the 2015 Notes, if any 2015 Notes are then outstanding. The weighted average interest rate on the borrowings under the Ryerson Credit Facility was 2.5% at March 31, 2011. For additional information about the terms of the Ryerson Credit Facility, see “Description of Certain Indebtedness.” We used the proceeds from the issuance of the Ryerson Holding Notes in January 2010 to: (i) pay a cash dividend to our stockholders and (ii) pay fees in connection with the Ryerson Holding Offering and related expenses. This prospectus is not an offer to purchase, a solicitation of an offer to purchase or a solicitation of a consent with respect to the Ryerson Holding Notes or the 2015 Notes.

We will not receive any proceeds resulting from any exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus. In the aggregate, if the over-allotment is exercised, the selling stockholders will receive approximately $         million after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses of $         million and assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the estimated initial public offering price range.

 

30

---

Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our total capitalization as of March 31, 2011 (1) on a historical basis and (2) on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the sale of shares of our common stock offered hereby assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the estimated initial public offering price range, the application of the net proceeds as described in “Use of Proceeds,” and the Services Agreement Termination.

You should read this table together with the information contained in “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related financial information contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

		As of March 31, 2011
		Historical				As Adjusted(1)
		($ in millions)
Cash and cash equivalents		$	41.9			$	41.9
Debt:
Ryerson Credit Facility(2)(3)			533.9
Ryerson Inc. Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2014			102.9				102.9
Ryerson Inc. 12% Senior Secured Notes due 2015(4)			376.2
Foreign debt			29.9				29.9
Ryerson Inc. 8 1/4% Senior Notes due 2011			4.1				4.1
Ryerson Holding Senior Discount Notes due 2015			260.7				—
Total debt			1,307.7
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, 10,000,000 shares authorized, and 5,000,000 issued and outstanding; 10,000,000 shares authorized, and             issued and outstanding, as adjusted(5)			—				—
Paid-in-capital			224.9
Accumulated Deficit(6)			(275.1	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss			(133.1	)
Noncontrolling interest			4.3				4.3
Total stockholders’ equity			(179.0	)
Total capitalization		$	1,128.7			$

 

(1)

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) total stockholders’ equity by $         million assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses of $         million.

(2)

In connection with this offering, Platinum and JT Ryerson intend to terminate the Services Agreement, pursuant to which JT Ryerson will pay Platinum Advisors $         million as consideration for terminating the monitoring fee payable thereunder. The “As Adjusted” amount reflects borrowing under the Ryerson Credit Facility for the payment of the termination fee. For a discussion of the Services Agreement, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

(3)	As of March 31, 2011, we had approximately $533.9 million outstanding and $302 million of availability under the Ryerson Credit Facility.

(4)	The “As Adjusted” amount reflects the repurchase of $         million principal amount 2015 Notes, assuming full participation by holders of the 2015 Notes in our offer to repurchase, which we intend to make with a portion of the net proceeds received in this offering.

(5)	Share amounts give effect to the         for 1.00 stock split that will occur prior to the closing of this offering.

The number of shares of our common stock shown as issued and outstanding in the table above excludes (i)         shares of our common stock that may be purchased by the underwriters to cover over-allotments and (ii)          shares of common stock reserved for future grants under our stock incentive plan (assuming our stock incentive plan, which is described in “Executive Compensation—Stock Incentive Plan,” is adopted in connection with this offering).

 

(6)	The “As Adjusted” amount reflects (i) the payment for the redemption of $260.7 million for the Ryerson Holding Notes, (ii) a $         million redemption premium related thereto and (iii) the $        million fee paid to Platinum Advisors in consideration for terminating the Services Agreement.

 

31

---

Table of Contents

DILUTION

Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of our common stock to be sold in this offering will exceed the net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. The net tangible book value per share presented below is equal to the amount of our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less total liabilities as of March 31, 2011, divided by the number of shares of our common stock that would have been held by our common stockholders of record immediately prior to this offering after giving effect to the         for 1.00 stock split. Our net tangible book value as of March 31, 2011, was approximately $         million, or $         per share. After giving effect to the sale of the shares of common stock we propose to offer pursuant to this prospectus at an assumed public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the range of estimated initial public offering prices set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses, our net tangible book value as of March 31, 2011 would have been $         million, or $         per share. This represents an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $        per share.

The following tables illustrate this dilution:

 

Initial public offering price per share						$
Net tangible book value per share at March 31, 2011		$
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to cash payments made by new investors
Net tangible book value per share after this offering
Dilution of net tangible book value per share to new investors						$

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the mid-point of the range on the cover page of this prospectus) would (decrease) increase our net tangible book value (deficit) by $         million, the net tangible book value (deficit) per share after this offering by $         per share and the decrease in net tangible book value (deficit) to new investors in this offering by $         per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

The following table summarizes the number of shares purchased from us and the total consideration and average price per share paid to us, by existing holders of common stock, and the total number of shares purchased from the Company, the total consideration paid to the Company and the price per share paid by new investors purchasing shares in this offering:

 

		Shares Purchased								Total Consideration								Average Price Per Share
		Number				Percent				Amount				Percent
		(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
Existing holders of common stock								%		$						%		$
Investors purchasing common stock in this offering
Total							100	%		$					100	%		$

If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full:

 

•

the percentage of our shares of common stock held by our existing holders of common stock will decrease to         shares, or approximately     % of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering; and

 

•

the number of our shares of common stock held by investors purchasing common stock in this offering will increase to         shares, or approximately     % of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering.

 

32

---

Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have in the past paid cash dividends to our stockholders. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Dividend Payments.” We do not currently anticipate declaring or paying regular cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any payment of cash dividends on our common stock in the future will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon our results of operations, earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, future prospects, contractual restrictions, including restrictions contained in our existing debt documents or the terms of any of our future debt or other agreements that we may enter into from time to time, and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness,” and “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock.”

 

33

---

Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth our selected historical consolidated financial information. Our selected historical consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and the summary historical balance sheet data as of December 31, 2009 and 2010 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated statements of operations data of Ryerson Inc. as predecessor for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the period from January 1, 2007 through October 19, 2007 and of Ryerson Holding as successor for the period from October 20, 2007 to December 31, 2007 and the summary historical balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006 of Ryerson Inc. as predecessor and as of December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2008 of Ryerson Holding as successor were derived from the audited financial statements and related notes thereto, which are not included in this prospectus.

Our selected historical consolidated financial data as of March 31, 2011 and for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The March 31, 2010 and 2011 unaudited financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and reflect all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations for the periods presented. The results of any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any other interim period or for the full fiscal year, and the historical results set forth below do not necessarily indicate results expected for any future period.

The information presented below should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The share and per share information presented below for the periods after October 19, 2007 has been adjusted to give effect to the          for 1.00 stock split that will occur prior to the closing of this offering.

 

		Predecessor												Successor
		Year Ended December 31, 2006				Period from January 1 to October 19, 2007								Period from October 20 to December 31, 2007				Year Ended December 31,												Three Months Ended March 31,
																		2008				2009				2010				2010				2011
		($ in millions)
Statements of Operations Data:
Net sales		$	5,908.9			$	5,035.6							$	966.3			$	5,309.8			$	3,066.1			$	3,895.5			$	871.5			$	1,187.0
Cost of materials sold			5,050.9				4,307.1								829.1				4,596.9				2,610.0				3,355.7				737.7				1,030.3
Gross profit(1)			858.0				728.5								137.2				712.9				456.1				539.8				133.8				156.7
Warehousing, selling, general and administrative			691.2				569.5								126.9				586.1				483.8				506.9				118.8				135.2
Restructuring and other charges			4.5				5.1								—				—				—				12.0				—				0.3
Gain on insurance settlement			—				—								—				—				—				(2.6	)			—				—
Gain on sale of assets			(21.6	)			(7.2	)							—				—				(3.3	)			—				—				—
Impairment charge on fixed assets			—				—								—				—				19.3				1.4				—				—
Pension and other postretirement benefits curtailment (gain) loss			—				—								—				—				(2.0	)			2.0				—				—
Operating profit (loss)			183.9				161.1								10.3				126.8				(41.7	)			20.1				15.0				21.2
Other income and (expense), net(2)			1.0				(1.0	)							2.4				29.2				(10.1	)			(3.2	)			(2.5	)			5.7
Interest and other expense on debt(3)			(70.7	)			(55.1	)							(30.8	)			(109.9	)			(72.9	)			(107.5	)			(24.7	)			(29.7	)
Income (loss) before income taxes			114.2				105.0								(18.1	)			46.1				(124.7	)			(90.6	)			(12.2	)			(2.8	)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes(4)			42.4				36.9								(6.9	)			14.8				67.5				13.1				2.6				(1.2	)
Net income (loss)			71.8				68.1								(11.2	)			31.3				(192.2	)			(103.7	)			(14.8	)			(1.6	)
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest			—				—								—				(1.2	)			(1.5	)			0.3				(0.1	)			0.1
Net income (loss) attributable to Ryerson Holding Corporation		$	71.8			$	68.1							$	(11.2	)		$	32.5			$	(190.7	)		$	(104.0	)		$	(14.7	)		$	(1.7	)

 

34

---

Table of Contents

		Predecessor												Successor
		Year Ended December 31, 2006				Period from January 1 to October 19, 2007								Period from October 20 to December 31, 2007				Year Ended December 31,												Three Months Ended March 31,
																		2008				2009				2010				2010				2011
Earnings (loss) per share of common stock:
Basic:
Basic earnings (loss) per share		$	2.75			$	2.56							$	(2.24	)		$	6.50			$	(38.14	)		$	(20.80	)		$	(2.94	)		$	(0.34	)
Diluted:
Diluted earnings (loss) per share		$	2.50			$	2.19							$	(2.24	)		$	6.50			$	(38.14	)		$	(20.80	)		$	(2.94	)		$	(0.34	)
Cash dividends per common share		$	0.20			$	0.10							$	—			$	—			$	11.30			$	42.76			$	42.76			$	—
Weighted average shares outstanding — Basic (in millions)			26.1				26.5								5.0				5.0				5.0				5.0				5.0				5.0
Weighted average shares outstanding — Diluted (in millions)			28.7				31.1								5.0				5.0				5.0				5.0				5.0				5.0
Pro forma — basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share of common stock — adjusted for dividends (5)																										$								$
Pro forma — weighted average shares outstanding — adjusted for dividends (in millions) (5)
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
Cash and cash equivalents		$	55.1											$	35.2			$	130.4			$	115.0			$	62.6			$	121.6			$	41.9
Restricted cash			0.1												4.5				7.0				19.5				15.6				12.8				15.1
Inventory			1,128.6												1,069.7				819.5				601.7				783.4				684.0				856.7
Working capital			1,420.1												1,235.7				1,084.2				750.4				858.8				805.0				916.4
Property, plant and equipment, net			401.1												587.0				547.7				477.5				479.2				476.1				484.4
Total assets			2,537.3												2,576.5				2,281.9				1,775.8				2,053.5				1,983.6				2,269.2
Long-term debt, including current maturities			1,206.5												1,228.8				1,030.3				754.2				1,211.3				1,026.7				1,307.7
Total equity (deficit)			648.7												499.2				392.2				154.3				(182.5	)			(68.0	)			(179.0	)
Other Financial Data:
Cash flows provided by (used in) operations		$	(261.0	)		$	564.0							$	54.1			$	280.5			$	284.9			$	(198.7	)		$	(51.9	)		$	(103.8	)
Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities			(16.7	)			(24.0	)							(1,069.6	)			19.3				32.1				(44.4	)			2.0				(15.7	)
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities			305.4				(565.6	)							1,021.2				(197.0	)			(342.4	)			185.1				54.0				98.4
Capital expenditures			35.7				51.6								9.1				30.1				22.8				27.0				5.3				6.4
Depreciation and amortization			40.0				32.5								7.3				37.6				36.9				38.4				9.1				10.4
Volume and Per Ton Data:
Tons shipped (000)			3,292				2,535								498				2,505				1,881				2,252				527				645
Average selling price per ton		$	1,795			$	1,987							$	1,939			$	2,120			$	1,630			$	1,730			$	1,654			$	1,840
Gross profit per ton			261				287								275				285				242				240				254				243
Operating expenses per ton			205				224								254				234				264				231				226				210
Operating profit (loss) per ton			56				63								21				51				(22	)			9				28				33

 

(1)	The period from January 1 to October 19, 2007 includes a LIFO liquidation gain of $69.5 million, or $42.3 million after-tax. The year ended December 31, 2008 includes a LIFO liquidation gain of $15.6 million, or $9.9 million after-tax.

(2)

The year ended December 31, 2008 included a $18.2 million gain on the retirement of debt as well as a $6.7 million gain on the sale of corporate bonds. The year ended December 31, 2009 included $11.8 million of foreign exchange losses related to short-term loans from our Canadian operations, offset by the recognition of a $2.7 million gain on the retirement of debt. The year ended December 31, 2010 included $2.6 million of foreign exchange losses related to the repayment of a long-term loan to our Canadian operations. The three months ended March 31, 2011 included a $6.3 million gain on bargain purchase related to our Singer Steel Company acquisition.

(3)

The period from January 1 to October 19, 2007 includes a $2.9 million write off of unamortized debt issuance costs associated with the 2024 Notes that was classified as short term debt and a $2.7 million write off of debt issuance costs associated with our prior credit facility upon entering into an amended revolving credit facility relating to that facility during the first quarter of 2007. The three months ended March 31, 2011 included a $1.1 million write off of debt issuance costs associated with our prior credit facility upon entering into an amended revolving credit facility on March 14, 2011.

(4)

The period from January 1 to October 19, 2007 includes a $3.9 million income tax benefit as a result of a favorable settlement from an Internal Revenue Service examination. The year ended December 31, 2009 includes a $92.7 million tax expense related to the establishment of a valuation allowance against the Company’s US deferred tax assets and a $14.5 million income tax charge on the sale of our joint venture in India.

(5)

Pro forma earnings per share – as adjusted for dividends in excess of earnings includes             million and              million additional shares that represent, in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 1.B.3, the number of shares sold in this offering, the proceeds of which are assumed for purposes of this calculation to have been used to fund a termination payment to the principal stockholder in excess of earnings during the year ended December 31, 2010 and the three months ended March 31, 2011, respectively. The calculation assumes an initial offering price of $            per share, the

 

35

---

Table of Contents

mid-point of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus. These assumed number of additional shares issued to fund the termination payment in excess of earnings for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the three months ended March 31, 2011 are as follows:

 

		December 31, 2010				March 31, 2011
Dividends paid:
During the period (in millions)		$	213.8			$	—
Termination payment to principal stockholder (in millions)		$				$
Dividends in excess of earnings (in millions)		$				$
Assumed initial offering price per share		$				$
Assumed additional number of shares issued to fund dividends in excess of earnings (in millions)

 

36

---

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” and the accompanying consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See the section entitled “Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results and the timing of selected events could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those discussed in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

Business

Ryerson Holding is the parent company of Ryerson Inc. Ryerson Holding is 99% owned by Platinum and an affiliate of Platinum.

On October 19, 2007, the merger (the “Platinum Acquisition”) of Rhombus Merger Corporation (“Merger Sub”), a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Ryerson Holding, with and into Ryerson, was consummated in accordance with the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated July 24, 2007, by and among Ryerson, Ryerson Holding and Merger Sub (the “Merger Agreement”). Upon the closing of the Platinum Acquisition, Ryerson ceased to be a publicly traded company and became a wholly owned subsidiary of Ryerson Holding.

Ryerson conducts materials distribution operations in the United States through its wholly owned direct subsidiary Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc. (“JT Ryerson”), in Canada through its indirect wholly owned subsidiary Ryerson Canada, Inc., a Canadian corporation (“Ryerson Canada”) and in Mexico through its indirect wholly owned subsidiary Ryerson Metals de Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V., a Mexican corporation (“Ryerson Mexico”). In the fourth quarter of 2008, Ryerson Holding increased its ownership in Ryerson China Limited (“Ryerson China”), formerly named VSC-Ryerson China Limited, a joint venture with Van Shung Chong Holdings Limited (“VSC”), from 40% to 80%. On July 12, 2010, we acquired VSC’s remaining 20% equity interest in Ryerson China. As a result, Ryerson China is now an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Ryerson Holding. We consolidated the operations of Ryerson China as of October 31, 2008.

In addition to our United States, Canada, Mexico and China operations, we conducted materials distribution operations in India through Tata Ryerson Limited, a joint venture with the Tata Iron & Steel Corporation, an integrated steel manufacturer in India until July 10, 2009 when we sold our 50% investment to our joint venture partner, Tata Steel Limited.

Industry and Operating Trends

We purchase large quantities of metal products from primary producers and sell these materials in smaller quantities to a wide variety of metals-consuming industries. More than one-half of the metals products sold are processed by us by burning, sawing, slitting, blanking, cutting to length or other techniques. We sell our products and services to many industries, including machinery manufacturers, metals fabricators, electrical machinery, transportation equipment, construction, wholesale distributors, and metals mills and foundries. Revenue is recognized upon delivery of product to customers. The timing of shipment is substantially the same as the timing of delivery to customers given the proximity of our distribution sites to our customers.

 

37

---

Table of Contents

Sales, cost of materials sold, gross profit and operating expense control are the principal factors that impact our profitability:

Net Sales. Our sales volume and pricing is driven by market demand, which is largely determined by overall industrial production and conditions in specific industries in which our customers operate. Sales prices are also primarily driven by market factors such as overall demand and availability of product. Our net sales include revenue from product sales, net of returns, allowances, customer discounts and incentives.

Cost of materials sold. Cost of materials sold includes metal purchase and in-bound freight costs, third-party processing costs and direct and indirect internal processing costs. The cost of materials sold fluctuates with our sales volume and our ability to purchase metals at competitive prices. Increases in sales volume generally enable us both to improve purchasing leverage with suppliers, as we buy larger quantities of metals inventories, and to reduce operating expenses per ton sold.

Gross profit. Gross profit is the difference between net sales and the cost of materials sold. Our sales prices to our customers are subject to market competition. Achieving acceptable levels of gross profit is dependent on our acquiring metals at competitive prices, our ability to manage the impact of changing prices and efficiently managing our internal and external processing costs.

Operating expenses. Optimizing business processes and asset utilization to lower fixed expenses such as employee, facility and truck fleet costs which cannot be rapidly reduced in times of declining volume, and maintaining low fixed cost structure in times of increasing sales volume, have a significant impact on our profitability. Operating expenses include costs related to warehousing and distributing our products as well as selling, general and administrative expenses.

The metals service center industry is generally considered cyclical with periods of strong demand and higher prices followed by periods of weaker demand and lower prices due to the cyclical nature of the industries in which the largest consumers of metals operate. However, domestic metals prices are volatile and remain difficult to predict due to its commodity nature and the extent which prices are affected by interest rates, foreign exchange rates, energy prices, international supply/demand imbalances, surcharges and other factors.

 

38

---

Table of Contents

Results of Operations

 

		Three Months Ended March 31, 2011				% of Net Sales				Three Months Ended March 31, 2010				% of Net Sales				Year Ended December 31, 2010				% of Net Sales				Year Ended December 31, 2009				% of Net Sales				Year Ended December 31, 2008				% of Net Sales
Net sales		$	1,187.0				100.0	%		$	871.5				100.0	%		$	3,895.5				100.0	%		$	3,066.1				100.0	%		$	5,309.8				100.0	%
Cost of materials sold			1,030.3				86.8				737.7				84.6				3,355.7				86.1				2,610.0				85.1				4,596.9				86.6
Gross profit			156.7				13.2				133.8				15.4				539.8				13.9				456.1				14.9				712.9				13.4
Warehousing, delivery, selling, general and administrative expenses			135.2				11.4				118.8				13.7				506.9				13.0				483.8				15.8				586.1				11.0
Restructuring and other charges			0.3				—				—				—				12.0				0.3				—				—				—				—
Gain on insurance settlement			—				—				—				—				(2.6	)			(0.1	)			—				—				—				—
Gain on sale of assets			—				—				—				—				—				—				(3.3	)			(0.1	)			—				—
Impairment charge on fixed assets			—				—				—				—				1.4				0.1				19.3				0.6				—				—
Pension and other postretirement benefits curtailment (gain) loss			—				—				—				—				2.0				0.1				(2.0	)			—				—				—
Operating profit (loss)			21.2				1.8				15.0				1.7				20.1				0.5				(41.7	)			(1.4	)			126.8				2.4
Other expenses			(24.0	)			(2.0	)			(27.2	)			(3.1	)			(110.7	)			(2.8	)			(83.0	)			(2.7	)			(80.7	)			(1.5	)
Income (loss) before income taxes			(2.8	)			(0.2	)			(12.2	)			(1.4	)			(90.6	)			(2.3	)			(124.7	)			(4.1	)			46.1				0.9
Provision (benefit) for income taxes			(1.2	)			(0.1	)			2.6				0.3				13.1				0.3				67.5				2.2				14.8				0.3
Net income (loss)			(1.6	)			(0.1	)			(14.8	)			(1.7	)			(103.7	)			(2.6	)			(192.2	)			(6.3	)			31.3				0.6
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to Noncontrolling interest			0.1				—				(0.1	)			—				0.3				—				(1.5	)			—				(1.2	)			—
Net income (loss) attributable to Ryerson Holding Corporation		$	(1.7	)			(0.1	)%		$	(14.7	)			(1.7	)%		$	(104.0	)			(2.6	)%		$	(190.7	)			(6.3	)%		$	32.5				0.6	%
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share		$	(0.34	)						$	(2.94	)						$	(20.80	)						$	(38.14	)						$	6.50

Comparison of the three months ended March 31, 2010 with the three months ended March 31, 2011

Net Sales. Revenue for the first quarter of 2011 increased 36.2% from the same period a year ago to $1,187.0 million. Tons sold for the first quarter of 2011 increased 22.4% from the first quarter of 2010 reflecting improvement in market conditions. Tons sold in the first quarter of 2011 increased across all products compared to the year-ago quarter. Average selling price increased 11.3% against the price levels in the first quarter of 2010, as metals prices increased across all products with the largest increase in our stainless steel product line.

Cost of Materials Sold. Cost of materials sold increased 39.7% to $1,030.3 million in the first quarter of 2011 compared to $737.7 million in the first quarter of 2010. The increase in cost of materials sold in 2011 compared to 2010 is due to the increase in tons sold and an increase in the average cost of materials sold per ton. The average cost of materials sold per ton increased to $1,597 in 2011 from $1,400 in 2010. The average cost of materials sold for our stainless steel product line increased more than our other products, in line with the change in average selling price per ton. During the first quarter of 2011, LIFO expense was $33.3 million compared to LIFO expense of $12.5 million in the first quarter of 2010.

Gross Profit. Gross profit increased by $22.9 million to $156.7 million in the first quarter of 2011. Gross profit as a percent of sales in the first quarter of 2011 decreased to 13.2% from 15.4% in the first quarter of 2010. While revenue per ton increased in the first quarter of 2011 as compared to the first quarter of 2010, our cost of material sold per ton increased at a faster pace resulting in lower gross margins.

 

39

---

Table of Contents

Operating expenses. Total operating expenses increased by $16.7 million to $135.5 million in the first quarter of 2011 from $118.8 million in the first quarter of 2010. The increase was primarily due to higher employee costs related to salaries and wages of $5.0 million and increased bonus and commission expenses of $2.6 million in addition to higher delivery expenses of $4.1 million, higher facility costs of $3.5 million and higher expenses at our China operations of $1.4 million. On a per ton basis, first quarter of 2011 operating expenses decreased to $210 per ton from $226 per ton in the first quarter of 2010.

Operating profit. For the first quarter of 2011, the Company reported an operating profit of $21.2 million, or $33 per ton, compared to $15.0 million, or $28 per ton, in the first quarter of 2010, as a result of the factors discussed above.

Other expenses. Interest and other expense on debt increased to $29.7 million in the first quarter of 2011 from $24.7 million in the first quarter of 2010, primarily due to the increased interest expense associated with our Ryerson Holding Notes which were issued on January 29, 2010 and recording a charge of $1.1 million in the first quarter of 2011 to write off debt issuance costs associated with our prior credit facility upon entering into an amended revolving credit facility. Other income and (expense), net was income of $5.7 million in the first quarter of 2011 as compared to a charge of $2.5 million in the same period a year ago. The first quarter of 2011 income included a $6.3 million gain on the bargain purchase of our Singer Steel acquisition. The first quarter of 2010 was negatively impacted by foreign exchange losses related to our Canadian operations.

Provision for income taxes. In the first quarter of 2011, the Company recorded an income tax benefit of $1.2 million compared to income tax expense of $2.6 million in the first quarter of 2010. The $1.2 million income tax benefit in the first three months of 2011 primarily represents a release of valuation allowance due to the recognition of deferred tax liabilities related to the acquisition of Singer Steel Company during the period, partially offset by foreign and US state income tax expense. Due to existing US federal tax loss carry forwards and a valuation allowance on related deferred tax assets, no US federal income tax expense was recorded in the quarter. During the first three months of 2010, the $2.6 million of tax expense primarily related to an increase in the valuation allowance on foreign tax credits and to foreign income tax expense.

Earnings (loss) per share. Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share was (0.34) in the first three months of 2011 compared to (2.94) in the first three months of 2010. The changes in earnings (loss) per share are due to the results of operations discussed above.

Comparison of the year ended December 31, 2009 with the year ended December 31, 2010

Net Sales

Net sales increased 27.1% to $3.9 billion in 2010 as compared to $3.1 billion in 2009. Tons sold per ship day were 8,972 in 2010 as compared to 7,496 in 2009. Volume increased 19.7% in 2010 as improvement in the manufacturing sector of the economy favorably impacted all of our product lines. The average selling price per ton increased in 2010 to $1,730 from $1,630 in 2009 reflecting the improvement in market conditions compared to 2009. Average selling prices per ton increased for all of our product lines in 2010 with the largest increase in our stainless steel product line.

Cost of Materials Sold

Cost of materials sold increased 28.6% to $3.4 billion in 2010 compared to $2.6 billion in 2009. The increase in cost of materials sold in 2010 compared to 2009 was due to the increase in tons sold resulting from the improvement in the economy along with increases in mill prices. The average cost of materials sold per ton increased to $1,490 in 2010 from $1,388 in 2009. The average cost of materials sold for our stainless steel product line increased more than our other products, in line with the change in average selling price per ton.

During 2010, LIFO expense was $52 million, primarily related to increases in the costs of stainless and carbon steel. During 2009, LIFO income was $174 million primarily related to decreases in inventory prices.

 

40

---

Table of Contents

Gross Profit

Gross profit as a percentage of sales was 13.9% in 2010 as compared to 14.9% in 2009. While revenue per ton increased in 2010 as compared to 2009, our cost of materials sold per ton increased at a faster pace resulting in lower gross margins. Gross profit increased 18.4% to $539.8 million in 2010 as compared to $456.1 million in 2009.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses as a percentage of sales decreased to 13.4% in 2010 from 16.3% in 2009. Operating expenses in 2010 increased $21.9 million from $497.8 million in 2009 primarily due to the following reasons:

 

•

increased bonus and commission expenses of $14.4 million resulting from increased profitability,

 

•

higher salaries and wages of $10.0 million and higher employee benefit costs of $6.7 million,

 

•

higher delivery costs of $7.9 million resulting from higher volume,

 

•

higher facility costs of $7.6 million primarily due to higher operating supply costs,

 

•

the $12.0 million restructuring and other charges along with the $2.0 million pension curtailment loss in 2010, and

 

•

the $1.4 million impairment charges on fixed assets included in 2010 results.

These cost increases were partially offset by:

 

•

the impairment charge of $19.3 million in 2009 to reduce the carrying value of certain assets to their net realizable value,

 

•

lower reorganization costs of $14.7 million in 2010 excluding the $12.0 million restructuring and other charge,

 

•

lower bad debt expense of $5.5 million, and

 

•

lower legal expenses of $3.0 million.

On a per ton basis, 2010 operating expenses decreased to $231 per ton from $265 per ton in 2009 due to the relatively greater increase in volume being partially offset by higher operating expenses.

Operating Profit (Loss)

As a result of the factors above, in 2010 we reported an operating profit of $20.1 million, or 0.5% of sales, compared to an operating loss of $41.7 million, or 1.4% of sales, in 2009.

Other Expenses

Interest and other expense on debt increased to $107.5 million in 2010 from $72.9 million in 2009 primarily due to the interest expense associated with the Ryerson Holding Notes, which were issued in the first quarter of 2010 as well as to higher amortization of credit facility issuance costs in China and higher average credit agreement borrowings in the U.S. as compared to the prior year. Other income and (expense), net was an expense of $3.2 million in 2010 compared to expense of $10.1 million in 2009. The year 2010 was negatively impacted by $2.6 million of foreign exchange loss realized upon the repayment of a long-term loan to our Canadian operations. The year 2009 was negatively impacted by $11.8 million of foreign exchange losses related to short-term loans from our Canadian operations, partially offset by the recognition of a $2.7 million gain on the retirement of a portion of the Ryerson Notes we repurchased at a discount.

 

41

---

Table of Contents

Provision for Income Taxes

Income tax expense was $13.1 million in 2010 as compared to $67.5 million in 2009. The $13.1 million income tax expense in 2010 primarily relates to additional valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets due to changes in the deferred tax asset amounts, adjustments to reflect the filing of the Company’s 2009 federal income tax return and to foreign income tax expense. During 2009, the Company recorded a charge of $92.7 million to establish a valuation allowance against its U.S. deferred tax assets, as the Company determined that it was more-likely-than-not that it would not realize the full value of a portion of its U.S. deferred tax assets. In 2009, we also incurred a $14.5 million income tax charge and an $8.5 million capital gains withholding tax in India on the sale of our joint venture interest. Partially offsetting the charges in 2009 is the tax benefit recognized for losses at the statutory tax rates and an $8.5 million foreign tax credit in the jurisdictions of our foreign subsidiaries.

Noncontrolling Interest

The portion of the income attributable to the noncontrolling interest in Ryerson China was $0.3 million for 2010. Ryerson China incurred a loss in 2009. The portion of the loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest in Ryerson China was $3.1 million for 2009.

Earnings Per Share

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share was $(20.80) in 2010 and $(38.14) in 2009. The changes in earnings (loss) per share are due to the results of operations discussed above.

Comparison of the year ended December 31, 2008 with the year ended December 31, 2009

Net Sales

Net sales decreased 42.3% to $3.1 billion in 2009 as compared to $5.3 billion in 2008. Tons sold per ship day were 7,496 in 2009 as compared to 9,902 in 2008. Volume decreased 24.9% in 2009 due to significant economic weakness in the manufacturing sector impacting all of our product lines. Revenue per ship day was $12.2 million in 2009 as compared to $21.0 million in 2008. The average selling price per ton decreased in 2009 to $1,630 from $2,120 in 2008 reflecting the significant deterioration of market conditions compared to 2008. Average selling prices per ton decreased for each of our product lines in 2009 with the largest decline in our stainless steel product line.

Cost of Materials Sold

Cost of materials sold decreased 43.2% to $2.6 billion as compared to $4.6 billion in 2008. The decrease in cost of materials sold in 2009 compared to 2008 is due to the decrease in tons sold resulting from the economic recession along with decreases in average mill prices. The average cost of materials sold per ton decreased to $1,388 in 2009 from $1,835 in 2008. Our average cost of materials sold per ton decreased for each of our product lines in 2009. The average cost of materials sold for our stainless steel product line declined more than our other products, in line with the change in average selling prices per ton.

Inventory reductions during the year 2008 resulted in a liquidation of LIFO inventory quantities carried at lower costs prevailing in prior years as compared with the cost of purchases in the year. The LIFO liquidation gain was $16 million for the year 2008. During 2008, LIFO expense was $91 million, which included the $16 million LIFO liquidation gain primarily related to increases in the costs of carbon steel. During 2009, LIFO income was $174 million primarily related to decreases in inventory prices.

 

42

---

Table of Contents

Gross Profit

Gross profit as a percentage of sales was 14.9% in 2009 as compared to 13.4% in 2008. While revenue per ton declined in 2009 as compared to 2008, we were able to reduce our cost of materials sold per ton at a faster pace resulting in higher gross margins. Gross profit decreased 36.0% to $456.1 million in 2009 as compared to $712.9 million in 2008.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses as a percentage of sales increased to 16.3% in 2009 from 11.0% in 2008. Operating expenses in 2009 decreased primarily due to lower wages and salaries of $36.0 million and lower employee benefit expenses of $17.7 million resulting from lower employment levels after workforce reductions, lower bonus and commission expenses of $17.8 million resulting from reduced profitability, lower delivery expenses of $27.6 million resulting from reduced volume, lower facility expenses of $13.8 million primarily due to plant closures, the $3.3 million gain on the sale of assets, and the $2.0 million other postretirement benefit curtailment gain, partially offset by an impairment charge of $19.3 million to reduce the carrying value of certain assets to their net realizable value, an incremental $8.4 million impact from a full year of expenses for our joint venture in China, Ryerson China, which we began to fully consolidate in November of 2008 and higher legal expenses of $2.7 million. On a per ton basis, the 2009 operating expenses increased to $264 per ton from $234 per ton in 2008 due to the relatively greater decline in volume being partially offset by lower operating expenses.

Operating Profit (Loss)

As a result of the factors above, in 2009 we incurred an operating loss of $41.7 million, or 1.4% of sales, compared to an operating profit of $126.8 million, or 2.4% of sales, in 2008.

Other Expenses

Interest and other expense on debt decreased to $72.9 million in the year 2009 from $109.9 million in 2008 primarily due to lower average borrowings and lower interest rates on variable rate debt as compared to the same period in the prior year, as well as the impact of retirement of a portion of the Ryerson Notes. Other income and (expense), net was an expense in 2009 in the amount of $10.1 million compared to income of $29.2 million in 2008. The year 2009 was negatively impacted by $11.8 million of foreign exchange losses related to short-term loans from our Canadian operations, partially offset by the recognition of a $2.7 million gain on the retirement of a portion of the Ryerson Notes we repurchased at a discount. In 2008, we recognized a gain of $18.2 million on the retirement of a portion of the Ryerson Notes, which we repurchased at a discount, as well as a $6.7 million gain on the sale of a held-for-sale corporate bond investment.

Provision for Income Taxes

Income tax expense was $67.5 million in 2009 as compared to $14.8 million in 2008. During 2009, the Company recorded a charge of $92.7 million to establish a valuation allowance against its U.S. deferred tax assets, as the Company determined that it was more-likely-than-not that it would not realize the full value of a portion of its U.S. deferred tax assets. In 2009, we also incurred a $14.5 million income tax charge and an $8.5 million capital gains withholding tax in India on the sale of our joint venture interest. Partially offsetting the charges in 2009 is the tax benefit recognized for losses at the statutory tax rates and an $8.5 million foreign tax credit in the jurisdictions of our foreign subsidiaries. The effective tax rate was 32.1% in 2008. The tax rate in 2008 reflected a higher proportion of pretax income from joint ventures with lower foreign income tax rates and the Company’s qualification for and the recognition of a manufacturing tax deduction for the first time in 2008.

Noncontrolling Interest

Based on our increased ownership, we consolidated the operations of Ryerson China as of October 31, 2008. In the period from October 31, 2008 to December 31, 2008, Ryerson China’s results of operations was a loss.

 

43

---

Table of Contents

The portion attributable to the noncontrolling interest in Ryerson China was $1.2 million. Ryerson China also incurred a loss in 2009 due to the economic weakness in the manufacturing industry in China. The portion attributable to the noncontrolling interest in Ryerson China was $1.5 million for 2009.

Earnings Per Share

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share was $(38.14) in 2009 and $6.50 in 2008. The changes in earnings (loss) per share are due to the results of operations discussed above.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company’s primary sources of liquidity are cash and cash equivalents, cash flows from operations and borrowing availability under the Ryerson Credit Facility, which matures on the earliest of (a) March 14, 2016, (b) the date that occurs 90 days prior to the scheduled maturity date of the 2014 Notes, if the 2014 Notes are then outstanding and (c) the date that occurs 90 days prior to the scheduled maturity date of the 2015 Notes, if the 2015 Notes are then outstanding. The Company’s principal source of operating cash is from the sale of metals and other materials. Its principal uses of cash are for payments associated with the procurement and processing of metals and other materials inventories, costs incurred for the warehousing and delivery of inventories and the selling and administrative costs of the business, capital expenditures, and for interest payments on debt.

The following table summarizes the Company’s cash flows:

 

		Year Ended December 31,												Three Months Ended March 31,
		2008				2009				2010				2010				2011
		(In millions)												(In millions)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		$	280.5			$	284.9			$	(198.7	)			(51.9	)			(103.8	)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities			19.3				32.1				(44.4	)			2.0				(15.7	)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities			(197.0	)			(342.4	)			185.1				54.0				98.4
Effect of exchange rates on cash			(7.6	)			10.0				5.6				2.5				0.4
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		$	95.2			$	(15.4	)		$	(52.4	)			6.6				(20.7	)

The Company had cash and cash equivalents at March 31, 2011 of $41.9 million compared to $62.6 million at December 31, 2010. The Company had $1,308 million and $1,211 million of total debt outstanding and a debt-to-capitalization ratio of 116% and 118% at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. The Company had total liquidity (defined as cash and cash equivalents plus availability under the Ryerson Credit Facility and foreign debt facilities) of $359 million at March 31, 2011⁽¹⁾ versus $394 million at December 31, 2010⁽¹⁾.

The Company had cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2010 of $62.6 million, compared to $115.0 million at December 31, 2009 and $130.4 million at December 31, 2008. The Company had $1,211 million and $754 million of total debt outstanding, a debt-to-capitalization ratio of 118% and 83% and $317 million and $268 million available under the Ryerson Credit Facility at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company had total liquidity (defined as cash and cash equivalents plus availability under the Ryerson Credit Facility and foreign debt facilities) of $394 million at December 31, 2010⁽¹⁾ versus $391 million at December 31, 2009⁽¹⁾. Total liquidity is a non-GAAP financial measure. We believe that total liquidity provides additional information for measuring our ability to fund our operations. Total liquidity does not represent, and should not be used as a substitute for, net income or cash flows from operations as determined in accordance with GAAP and total liquidity is not necessarily an indication of whether cash flow will be sufficient to fund our cash requirements. At December 31, 2008, the Company had $1,030 million of total debt outstanding, a debt-to-capitalization ratio of 72% and $469 million available under the Ryerson Credit Facility.

 

44

---

Table of Contents

 

(1)	Below is a reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents to total liquidity:

 

		As of December 31, 2009				As of December  31, 2010				As of March  31, 2011
						(In millions)
Cash and cash equivalents		$	115			$	63			$	42
Availability on Ryerson Credit Facility and foreign debt facilities			276				331				317
Total liquidity		$	391			$	394			$	359

Net cash used by operating activities of $103.8 million in the first three months of 2011 was primarily due to an increase in inventories of $55.1 million resulting from higher inventory purchases to support increased sales levels in the first three months of 2011 and an increase in accounts receivable of $132.1 million reflecting higher net sales in the first three months of 2011, partially offset by an increase in accounts payable of $71.7 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2010, net cash used by operating activities was $198.7 million. During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, net cash provided by operating activities was $284.9 million and $280.5 million, respectively. Net income (loss) was $(103.7) million, $(192.2) million and $31.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Cash used by operating activities was $198.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2010 and was primarily the result of an increase in inventories of $170.9 million resulting from higher inventory purchases to support increased sales levels, an increase in accounts receivable of $137.5 million reflecting higher sales levels, partially offset by an increase in accounts payable of $102.3 million. Cash provided by operating activities of $284.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2009 was primarily the result of a decrease in inventories of $226.9 million resulting from management’s efforts to reduce inventory in a weak economic environment, a decrease in accounts receivable of $150.9 million reflecting lower volume in 2009 and a decrease in taxes receivable of $43.2 million. Cash provided by operating activities of $280.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2008 was primarily the result of a decrease in inventories of $262.4 million resulting from management’s efforts to reduce inventory in a weak economic environment and a decrease in accounts receivable of $120.0 million reflecting lower volume in 2008, partially offset by a decrease in accounts payable of $80.0 million and a decrease in accrued liabilities of $50.3 million.

Net cash used in investing activities for the first three months of 2011 was $15.7 million compared to net cash provided by investing activities for the first three months of 2010 of $2.0 million. Capital expenditures during the first three months of 2011 totaled $6.4 million compared to $5.3 million in the first three months of 2010. The Company sold property, plant and equipment and assets held for sale generating cash proceeds of $3.4 million and $0.6 million during the three-month periods ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Company made an acquisition during 2011, resulting in cash outflows of $19.7 million.

Net cash used by investing activities was $44.4 million in 2010. Net cash provided by investing activities $32.1 million and $19.3 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively. Capital expenditures for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were $27.0 million, $22.8 million and $30.1 million, respectively. The Company sold property, plant and equipment generating cash proceeds of $5.5 million, $18.4 million and $31.7 million during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. In 2010, the Company made two acquisitions, resulting in a cash outflow of $12.0 million. The Company sold its 50 percent investment in Tata Ryerson Limited to its joint venture partner, Tata Steel Limited, during the third quarter of 2009, generating cash proceeds of $49.0 million. In 2008, the Company invested $18.5 million to buy an additional 40% interest in Ryerson China, increasing our ownership percentage to 80%. Cash increased $30.5 million due to fully consolidating the results of Ryerson China as of October 31, 2008. In 2008, the Company purchased corporate bonds as an investment for $24.2 million, which were sold later in 2008 for proceeds of $30.9 million.

 

45

---

Table of Contents

Net cash provided by financing activities in the first three months of 2011 was $98.4 million compared to $54.0 million in the first three months of 2010. Net cash provided by financing activities in the first three months of 2011 and 2010 was primarily related to increased credit facility borrowings to finance accounts receivable related to higher sales in 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Net cash provided in financing activities was $185.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, primarily related to the issuance of the Ryerson Holding Notes and credit facility borrowings to finance accounts receivable and inventory to support increased sales levels in 2010, offset by a $213.8 million dividend paid to our stockholders. We also acquired VSC’s, our former joint venture partner, remaining 20 percent ownership in Ryerson China for $17.5 million. Net cash used in financing activities was $342.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily related to credit facility repayments made possible from lower working capital requirements as well as a $56.5 million dividend paid to our stockholders. Net cash used in financing activities was $197.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, primarily due to the repurchase of the Ryerson Notes for $71.7 million and a net reduction in borrowings under the Ryerson Credit Facility of $133.2 million.

We believe that cash flow from operations and proceeds from the Ryerson Credit Facility will provide sufficient funds to meet our contractual obligations and operating requirements in the normal course of business.

Total Debt

As a result of the net cash used in operating activities, total debt, less unamortized discount in the Consolidated Balance Sheet increased to $1,307.7 million at March 31, 2011 from $1,211.3 million at December 31, 2010.

Total debt outstanding as of March 31, 2011 consisted of the following amounts: $533.9 million borrowing under the Ryerson Credit Facility, $102.9 million under the 2014 Notes, $376.2 million under the 2015 Notes, $260.7 million under the Ryerson Holding Notes, $29.9 million of foreign debt and $4.1 million under the 8 ¹/4% Senior Notes due 2011 (“2011 Notes”). Availability at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 under the Ryerson Credit Facility was $302 million and $317 million, respectively. Discussion of our outstanding debt follows.

Ryerson Credit Facility

On October 19, 2007, Ryerson entered into the Ryerson Credit Facility, a 5-year, $1.35 billion revolving credit facility agreement with a maturity date of October 18, 2012. On March 14, 2011, Ryerson amended the terms of the Ryerson Credit Facility to, among other things, extend the maturity date to the earliest of (a) March 14, 2016, (b) the date that occurs 90 days prior to the scheduled maturity date of the 2014 Notes, if the 2014 Notes are then outstanding and (c) the date that occurs 90 days prior to the scheduled maturity date of the 2015 Notes, if the 2015 Notes are then outstanding. At March 31, 2011, Ryerson had $533.9 million of outstanding borrowings, $27 million of letters of credit issued and $302 million available under the $1.35 billion Ryerson Credit Facility compared to $457.3 million of outstanding borrowings, $24 million of letters of credit issued and $317 million available at December 31, 2010. Total credit availability is limited by the amount of eligible account receivables and inventory pledged as collateral under the agreement insofar as the Company is subject to a borrowing base comprised of the aggregate of these two amounts, less applicable reserves. Eligible account receivables, at any date of determination, are comprised of the aggregate value of all accounts directly created by a borrower in the ordinary course of business arising out of the sale of goods or the rendition of services, each of which has been invoiced, with such receivables adjusted to exclude various ineligible accounts, including, among other things, those to which a borrower does not have sole and absolute title and accounts arising out of a sale to an employee, officer, director, or affiliate of a borrower. The weighted average interest rate on the borrowings under the Ryerson Credit Facility was 2.5% and 2.1% at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

 

46

---

Table of Contents

Amounts outstanding under the Ryerson Credit Facility bear interest at a rate determined by reference to the base rate (Bank of America’s prime rate) or a LIBOR rate or, for the Company’s Canadian subsidiary which is a borrower, a rate determined by reference to the Canadian base rate (Bank of America-Canada Branch’s “Base Rate” for loans in U.S. Dollars in Canada) or the BA rate (average annual rate applicable to Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances) or a LIBOR rate and the Canadian prime rate (Bank of America-Canada Branch’s “Prime Rate.”). The spread over the base rate and Canadian prime rate is between 0.75% and 1.50% and the spread over the LIBOR and for the bankers’ acceptances is between 1.75% and 2.50%, depending on the amount available to be borrowed. Overdue amounts and all amounts owed during the existence of a default bear interest at 2% above the rate otherwise applicable thereto. Ryerson also pays commitment fees on amounts not borrowed at a rate between 0.375% and 0.5% depending on the average borrowings as a percentage of the total $1.35 billion agreement during a rolling three month period.

Borrowings under the Ryerson Credit Facility are secured by first-priority liens on all of the inventory, accounts receivable, lockbox accounts and related assets of Ryerson, subsidiary borrowers and certain other U.S. subsidiaries of Ryerson that act as guarantors.

The Ryerson Credit Facility contains covenants that, among other things, restrict Ryerson with respect to the incurrence of debt, the creation of liens, transactions with affiliates, mergers and consolidations, sales of assets and acquisitions. The Ryerson Credit Facility also requires that, if availability under such facility declines to a certain level, Ryerson maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio as of the end of each fiscal quarter.

The Ryerson Credit Facility contains events of default with respect to, among other things, default in the payment of principal when due or the payment of interest, fees and other amounts after a specified grace period, material misrepresentations, failure to perform certain specified covenants, certain bankruptcy events, the invalidity of certain security agreements or guarantees, material judgments and the occurrence of a change of control of Ryerson. If such an event of default occurs, the lenders under the Ryerson Credit Facility will be entitled to various remedies, including acceleration of amounts outstanding under the Ryerson Credit Facility and all other actions permitted to be taken by secured creditors.

The lenders under the Ryerson Credit Facility have the ability to reject a borrowing request if any event, circumstance or development has occurred that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Ryerson. If Ryerson or any significant subsidiaries of the other borrowers becomes insolvent or commences bankruptcy proceedings, all amounts borrowed under the Ryerson Credit Facility will become immediately due and payable.

Proceeds from borrowings under the Ryerson Credit Facility and repayments of borrowings thereunder that are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows represent borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit agreement with original maturities greater than three months. Net proceeds (repayments) under the Ryerson Credit Facility represent borrowings under the Ryerson Credit Facility with original maturities less than three months.

Ryerson Holding Notes

On January 29, 2010, Ryerson Holding issued $483 million aggregate principal amount at maturity of Ryerson Holding Notes. No cash interest accrues on the Ryerson Holding Notes. The Ryerson Holding Notes had an initial accreted value of $455.98 per $1,000 principal amount and will accrete from the date of issuance until maturity on a semi-annual basis. The accreted value of each Ryerson Holding Note increases from the date of issuance until October 31, 2010 at a rate of 14.50%. Thereafter the interest rate increases by 1% (to 15.50%) until July 31, 2011, an additional 1.00% (to 16.50%) on August 1, 2011 until April 30, 2012, and increases by an additional 0.50% (to 17.00%) on May 1, 2012 until the maturity date. Interest compounds semi-annually such that the accreted value will equal the principal amount at maturity of each note on that date. At March 31, 2011, the accreted value of the Ryerson Holding Notes was $260.7 million. The Ryerson Holding Notes are not guaranteed by any of Ryerson Holding’s subsidiaries and are secured by a first priority security interest in the

 

47

---

Table of Contents

capital stock of Ryerson. The Ryerson Holding Notes rank equally in right of payment with all of Ryerson Holding’s senior debt and senior in right of payment to all of Ryerson Holding’s subordinated debt. The Ryerson Holding Notes are effectively junior to Ryerson Holding’s other secured debt to the extent of the collateral securing such debt (other than the capital stock of Ryerson). Because the Ryerson Holding Notes are not guaranteed by any of Ryerson Holding’s subsidiaries, the notes are structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade payables) of Ryerson Holding’s subsidiaries, including Ryerson.

The Ryerson Holding Notes contain customary covenants that, among other things, limit, subject to certain exceptions, Ryerson Holding’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends on its capital stock or repurchase its capital stock, make certain investments or other restricted payments, create liens or use assets as security in other transactions, enter into sale and leaseback transactions, merge, consolidate or transfer or dispose of substantially all of Ryerson Holding’s assets, and engage in certain transactions with affiliates.

The Ryerson Holding Notes are redeemable, at our option, in whole or in part, at any time at specified redemption prices. We are required to redeem the Ryerson Holding Notes upon the receipt of net proceeds of certain qualified equity issuances, specified change of controls and/or specified receipt of dividends.

The terms of the Ryerson Notes (discussed below) restrict Ryerson from making dividends to Ryerson Holding. Subject to certain exceptions, Ryerson may only pay dividends to Ryerson Holding to the extent of 50% of future net income, once prior losses are offset. In the event Ryerson is restricted from providing Ryerson Holding with sufficient distributions to fund the retirement of the Ryerson Holding Notes at maturity, Ryerson Holding may default on the Ryerson Holding Notes unless other sources of funding are available.

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement, Ryerson Holding agreed to offer to exchange each of the Ryerson Holding Notes for a new issue of Ryerson Holding’s debt securities registered under the Securities Act, with terms substantially identical to those of the Ryerson Holding Notes. Ryerson Holding completed the exchange offer on December 7, 2010. As a result of completing the exchange offer, Ryerson Holding satisfied its obligations under the registration rights agreement covering the Ryerson Holding Notes.

The Ryerson Notes

On October 19, 2007, Merger Sub issued the Ryerson Notes. The 2014 Notes bear interest at a rate, reset quarterly, of LIBOR plus 7.375% per annum. The 2015 Notes bear interest at a rate of 12% per annum. The Ryerson Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by certain of Ryerson’s existing and future subsidiaries (including those existing and future domestic subsidiaries that are co-borrowers or guarantee obligations under the Ryerson Credit Facility). At March 31, 2011, $376.2 million of the 2015 Notes and $102.9 million of the 2014 Notes remain outstanding.

The Ryerson Notes and guarantees are secured by a first-priority lien on substantially all of Ryerson and its guarantors’ present and future assets located in the United States (other than receivables, inventory, related general intangibles, certain other assets and proceeds thereof) including equipment, owned real property interests valued at $1 million or more, and all present and future shares of capital stock or other equity interests of each of Ryerson and its guarantors’ directly owned domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the present and future shares of capital stock or other equity interests, of each of Ryerson and its guarantor’s directly owned foreign restricted subsidiaries, in each case subject to certain exceptions and customary permitted liens. The Ryerson Notes and guarantees are secured on a second-priority basis by a lien on the assets that secure Ryerson’s obligations under the Ryerson Credit Facility. The Ryerson Notes contain customary covenants that, among other things, limit, subject to certain exceptions, Ryerson’s ability, and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries, to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends on its capital stock or repurchase its capital stock, make investments, sell assets, engage in acquisitions, mergers or consolidations or create liens or use assets as security in other transactions. Subject to certain exceptions, Ryerson may only pay dividends to Ryerson Holding to the extent of 50% of future net income, once prior losses are offset.

 

48

---

Table of Contents

The Ryerson Notes will be redeemable by Ryerson, in whole or in part, at any time on or after November 1, 2011 at specified redemption prices. If a change of control occurs, Ryerson must offer to purchase the Ryerson Notes at 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement, Ryerson agreed to offer to exchange each of the notes for a new issue of our debt securities registered under the Securities Act, with terms substantially identical to those of the Ryerson Notes. Ryerson completed the exchange offer on April 9, 2009. As a result of completing the exchange offer, Ryerson satisfied its obligation under the registration rights agreement covering the Ryerson Notes.

Foreign Debt

At March 31, 2011, Ryerson China’s total foreign borrowings were $29.9 million, of which, $27.2 million was owed to banks in Asia at a weighted average interest rate of 5.1% secured by inventory and property, plant and equipment. Ryerson China also owed $2.7 million at March 31, 2011 to other parties at a weighted average interest rate of 1.0%. At December 31, 2010, Ryerson China’s total foreign borrowings were $19.7 million, of which, $17.9 million was owed to banks in Asia at a weighted average interest rate of 4.3% secured by inventory and property, plant and equipment. Ryerson China also owed $1.8 million at December 31, 2010 to other parties at a weighted average interest rate of 1.0%. Availability under the foreign credit lines was $15 million and $14 million at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. Letters of credit issued by our foreign subsidiaries totaled $8 million and $7 million at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

$150 Million 8  ¹/4% Senior Notes due 2011

At March 31, 2011, $4.1 million of the 2011 Notes remained outstanding. The 2011 Notes pay interest semi-annually and mature on December 15, 2011.

The 2011 Notes contained covenants, substantially all of which were removed pursuant to an amendment of the 2011 Notes as a result of the tender offer to repurchase the notes during 2007.

Pension Funding

At December 31, 2010, pension liabilities exceeded plan assets by $306 million. The Company anticipates that it will have a minimum required pension contribution of approximately $44 million in 2011 under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) and Pension Protection Act (“PPA”) in the U.S and the Ontario Pension Benefits Act in Canada. Through the three months ended March 31, 2011, the Company has made $8 million in pension contributions, and anticipates an additional $36 million contribution in the remaining nine months of 2011. Future contribution requirements depend on the investment returns on plan assets, the impact of discount rates on pension liabilities, and changes in regulatory requirements. The Company is unable to determine the amount or timing of any such contributions required by ERISA or whether any such contributions would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or cash flows. The Company believes that cash flow from operations and the Ryerson Credit Facility described above will provide sufficient funds to make the minimum required contribution in 2011.

Income Tax Payments

The Company received income tax refunds of $46.8 million and $29.1 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company paid income taxes of $9.7 million in 2008.

 

49

---

Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the normal course of business with customers, vendors and others, we have entered into off-balance sheet arrangements, such as letters of credit, which totaled $31 million as of December 31, 2010. Additionally, other than normal course long-term operating leases included in the following Contractual Obligations table, we do not have any material off-balance sheet financing arrangements. None of these off-balance sheet arrangements are likely to have a material effect on our current or future financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or capital resources.

Contractual Obligations

The following table presents contractual obligations at March 31, 2011:

 

		Payments Due by Period
Contractual Obligations(1)		Total				Less than 1 year				1 –3 years				4 – 5 years				After 5 years
		(In millions)
Floating Rate Notes		$	103			$	—			$	—			$	103			$	—
Fixed Rate Long Term Notes			376				—				—				376				—
Senior Discount Notes			483				—				—				483				—
Other Long Term Notes			4				4				—				—				—
Ryerson Credit Facility			534				—				—				534				—
Foreign Debt			30				30				—				—				—
Interest on Floating Rate Notes, Fixed Rate Notes, Other Long Term Notes, Ryerson Credit Facility and Foreign Debt (2)			295				67				134				94				—
Purchase Obligations (3)			49				49				—				—				—
Capital leases			1				—				1				—				—
Operating leases			102				21				30				19				32
Total		$	1,977			$	171			$	165			$	1,609			$	32

 

(1)	The contractual obligations disclosed above do not include the Company’s potential future pension funding obligations (see discussion above).

(2)	Interest payments related to the variable rate debt were estimated using the weighted average interest rate for the Ryerson Credit Facility and the 2014 Notes.

(3)	The purchase obligations with suppliers are entered into when we receive firm sales commitments with certain of our customers.

Subsequent Events

Ryerson Holding filed a Form S-1 (the “Form S-1”) on January 22, 2010 for the possible issuance of common stock to public stockholders. A number of amendments to the Form S-1 were subsequently filed. In May 2010, the Company decided not to proceed with the offering of its common stock due to unfavorable market conditions caused by volatility in the global equity markets. In April 2011, the Company decided to file an additional amendment to the Form S-1. The number of shares and offering price per share are unknown at this time. Upon completion of an offering of common stock, Platinum will continue to control all matters submitted for approval by our stockholders through its ownership of a majority of our outstanding common stock. These matters could include the election of all of the members of our Board of Directors, amendments to our organizational documents, or the approval of any proxy contests, mergers, tender offers, sales of assets or other major corporate transactions. The interests of Platinum may not in all cases be aligned with the interests of our other common stock stockholders.

 

50

---

Table of Contents

JT Ryerson, one of our subsidiaries, is party to a corporate advisory services agreement with Platinum Advisors, an affiliate of Platinum, pursuant to which Platinum Advisors provides JT Ryerson certain business, management, administrative and financial advice. On                     , JT Ryerson’s Board of Directors approved the termination of this services agreement contingent on the closing of the initial public offering. As consideration for terminating the monitoring fee payable thereunder, JT Ryerson will pay Platinum Advisors $             million.

On             , our Board of Directors approved a              for 1.00 stock split of the Company’s common stock to be effected prior to the closing of this offering.

Capital Expenditures

Capital expenditures during the first three months of 2011 totaled $6.4 million compared to $5.3 million in the first three months of 2010, and were primarily for machinery and equipment.

Capital expenditures during 2010, 2009 and 2008 totaled $27.0 million, $22.8 million and $30.1 million, respectively. Capital expenditures were primarily for machinery and equipment in 2010, 2009 and 2008.

The Company anticipates capital expenditures, excluding acquisitions, to be approximately $50 million in 2011. The increased spending over prior years includes improvements in the Company’s North American processing capabilities and expansion in emerging markets.

Restructuring

2010

During 2010, the Company paid $0.7 million related to the exit plan liability recorded on October 19, 2007, as part of the Platinum Acquisition. The remaining balance of $0.2 million of tenancy and other costs related to the Platinum Acquisition exit plan liability as of December 31, 2010 is expected to be paid during 2011.

In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company recorded a $12.5 million charge related to the closure of one of its facilities. The charge consists of restructuring expenses of $0.4 million for employee-related costs, including severance for 66 employees, and additional, non-cash pensions and other post-retirement benefits costs totaling $12.1 million. Included in the non-cash pension charge is a pension curtailment loss of $2.0 million. In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company paid $0.3 million in employee costs related to this facility closure. The remaining $0.1 million balance is expected be paid in 2011. The Company expects to record additional restructuring charges of less than $1 million related to this facility closure in 2011.

2009

During 2009, the Company paid $6.4 million related to the exit plan liability recorded on October 19, 2007, as part of the Platinum Acquisition. The Company also recorded a $0.3 million reduction to the exit plan liability primarily due to lower property taxes on closed facilities than estimated in the initial restructuring plan.

2008

During 2008, the Company paid $29.3 million related to the exit plan liability recorded on October 19, 2007, as part of the Platinum Acquisition. The Company also recorded a $4.4 million reduction to the exit plan liability primarily due to 277 fewer employee terminations than anticipated in the initial restructuring plan. The reduction to the exit plan liability reduced goodwill by $2.6 million, net of tax. The Company also recorded a $0.4 million reduction to the exit plan liability in the fourth quarter of 2008 which was credited to “Warehousing, delivery, selling, general and administrative expense.”

 

51

---

Table of Contents

Other Charges

In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company also recorded a charge of $1.5 million for costs related to the retirement of its former Chief Executive Officer, which is recorded within the “Restructuring and other charges” line of the consolidated statement of operations.

Deferred Tax Amounts

At December 31, 2010, the Company had a net deferred tax liability of $88 million comprised primarily of a deferred tax asset of $120 million related to pension liabilities, a deferred tax asset related to postretirement benefits other than pensions of $67 million, $38 million of Alternative Minimum Tax (“AMT”) credit carryforwards, and deferred tax assets of $54 million related to federal and local loss carryforwards, offset by a valuation allowance of $137 million, and deferred tax liabilities of $115 million related to fixed asset and $135 million related to inventory.

The Company’s deferred tax assets include $39 million related to US federal net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards, $12 million related to state NOL carryforwards and $3 million related to non-US NOL carryforwards, available at December 31, 2010.

In accordance with FASB ASC 740, “Income Taxes,” the Company assesses, on a quarterly basis, the realizability of its deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance must be established when, based upon the evaluation of all available evidence, it is more-likely-than-not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In making this determination, we analyze, among other things, our recent history of earnings and cash flows and the nature and timing of future deductions and benefits represented by the deferred tax assets. As a result of U.S. pre-tax losses incurred in periods leading up to the second quarter of 2009, we were unable to rely on the positive evidence of projected future income to support all deferred tax assets. After considering both the positive and negative evidence available at the end of the second quarter of fiscal year 2009, the Company determined that it was more-likely-than-not that it would not realize the full value of a portion of its U.S. deferred tax assets. As a result, during the second quarter of 2009, the Company established a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets in the U.S. to reduce them to the amount that is more-likely-than-not to be realized with a corresponding non-cash charge of $74.7 million to the provision for income taxes. During the second half of 2009 an additional non-cash charge of $23.9 million was recorded, increasing the valuation allowance to $98.8 million at December 31, 2009. Of the charges recorded during 2009, $92.7 million of this valuation allowance was charged to income tax provision and $5.9 million was charged to other comprehensive income in 2009. The valuation allowance was increased to $136.6 million at December 31, 2010. Of the charges recorded during 2010, $36.5 million was charged to income tax provision and $4.4 million was charged to other comprehensive income offset by $3.1 million of a change in net deferred tax assets for which a valuation allowance was fully provided. The valuation allowance is reviewed quarterly and will be maintained until sufficient positive evidence exists to support the reversal of some or all of the valuation allowance.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Preparation of our financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements, and the reported amounts of sales and expenses during the reporting period. Our critical accounting policies, including the assumptions and judgments underlying them, are disclosed under the caption “NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Note 1: Statement of Accounting and Financial Policies.” These policies have been consistently applied and address such matters as revenue recognition, depreciation methods, inventory valuation, asset impairment recognition and pension and postretirement expense. While policies associated with estimates and judgments may be affected by different assumptions or conditions, we believe our estimates and judgments associated with the reported amounts are appropriate in the circumstances. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

 

52

---

Table of Contents

We consider the policies discussed below as critical to an understanding of our financial statements, as application of these policies places the most significant demands on management’s judgment, with financial reporting results relying on estimation of matters that are uncertain.

Provision for allowances, claims and doubtful accounts: We perform ongoing credit evaluations of customers and set credit limits based upon review of the customers’ current credit information and payment history. We monitor customer payments and maintain a provision for estimated credit losses based on historical experience and specific customer collection issues that we have identified. Estimation of such losses requires adjusting historical loss experience for current economic conditions and judgments about the probable effects of economic conditions on certain customers. We cannot guarantee that the rate of future credit losses will be similar to past experience. Provisions for allowances and claims are based upon historical rates, expected trends and estimates of potential returns, allowances, customer discounts and incentives. We consider all available information when assessing the adequacy of the provision for allowances, claims and doubtful accounts.

Inventory valuation: Our inventories are valued at cost, which is not in excess of market. Inventory costs reflect metal and in-bound freight purchase costs, third-party processing costs and internal direct and allocated indirect processing costs. Cost is primarily determined by the LIFO method. We regularly review inventory on hand and record provisions for obsolete and slow-moving inventory based on historical and current sales trends. Changes in product demand and our customer base may affect the value of inventory on hand which may require higher provisions for obsolete inventory.

Deferred tax asset: We record operating loss and tax credit carryforwards and the estimated effect of temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and the reported amounts in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. We follow detailed guidelines in each tax jurisdiction when reviewing tax assets recorded on the balance sheet and provide for valuation allowances as required. Deferred tax assets are reviewed for recoverability based on historical taxable income, the expected reversals of existing temporary differences, tax planning strategies and on forecasts of future taxable income. The forecasts of future taxable income require assumptions regarding volume, selling prices, margins, expense levels and industry cyclicality. If we are unable to generate sufficient future taxable income in certain tax jurisdictions, we will be required to record additional valuation allowances against our deferred tax assets related to those jurisdictions.

Long-lived Assets and Other Intangible Assets: Long-lived assets held and used are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. We estimate the future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected future cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment is recognized. Any related impairment loss is calculated based upon comparison of the fair value to the carrying value of the asset. Separate intangible assets that have finite useful lives are amortized over their useful lives. An impaired intangible asset would be written down to fair value, using the discounted cash flow method.

Goodwill: In assessing the recoverability of our goodwill and other intangibles we must make assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows and other factors to determine the fair value of the respective assets. We perform an annual review in the fourth quarter of each year, or more frequently if indicators of potential impairment exist, to determine if the carrying value of the recorded goodwill is impaired. Our impairment review is a two-step process. In step one, we compare the fair value of the reporting unit in which goodwill resides to its carrying value. If the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any. We estimate the reporting unit’s fair value using an income approach based on discounted future cash flows that requires us to estimate income from operations based on projected results and discount rates based on a weighted average cost of capital of comparable companies. The income approach is subject to a comparison for reasonableness to a market approach at the date of valuation. If these estimates or their related assumptions for commodity prices and demand change in the future, we may be required to record impairment charges for these assets not previously recorded. The Company

 

53

---

Table of Contents

cannot predict the occurrence of events that might adversely affect the reported value of goodwill. During the fourth quarter of 2010, we reviewed goodwill for impairment and determined that none of the reporting units were at risk of failing step one of the impairment testing.

Pension and postretirement benefit plan assumptions: We sponsor various benefit plans covering a substantial portion of its employees for pension and postretirement medical costs. Statistical methods are used to anticipate future events when calculating expenses and liabilities related to the plans. The statistical methods include assumptions about, among other things, the discount rate, expected return on plan assets, rate of increase of health care costs and the rate of future compensation increases. Our actuarial consultants also use subjective factors such as withdrawal and mortality rates when estimating expenses and liabilities. The discount rate used for U.S. plans reflects the market rate for high-quality fixed-income investments on our annual measurement date (December 31) and is subject to change each year. The discount rate was determined by matching, on an approximate basis, the coupons and maturities for a portfolio of corporate bonds (rated Aa or better by Moody’s Investor Services or AA or better by Standard and Poor’s) to the expected plan benefit payments defined by the projected benefit obligation. The discount rates used for plans outside the U.S. are based on a combination of relevant indices regarding corporate and government securities, the duration of the liability and appropriate judgment. The assumptions used in the actuarial calculation of expenses and liabilities may differ materially from actual results due to changing market and economic conditions, higher or lower withdrawal rates or longer or shorter life spans of participants. These differences may result in a significant impact on the amount of pension or postretirement benefit expense we may record in the future.

Legal contingencies: We are involved in a number of legal and regulatory matters including those discussed in Item 8 “NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Note 11: Commitments and Contingencies.” We determine whether an estimated loss from a loss contingency should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated. We analyze our legal matters based on available information to assess potential liability. We consult with outside counsel involved in our legal matters when analyzing potential outcomes. We cannot determine at this time whether any potential liability related to this litigation would materially affect our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recent accounting pronouncements are discussed within Note 1 of the footnote disclosures included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest rate risk

We are exposed to market risk related to our fixed-rate and variable-rate long-term debt. Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices, such as interest rates. Changes in interest rates may affect the market value of our fixed-rate debt. The estimated fair value of our long-term debt and the current portions thereof using quoted market prices of Company debt securities recently traded and market-based prices of similar securities for those securities not recently traded was $1,332 million at March 31, 2011 and $1,206 million at December 31, 2010 as compared with the carrying value of $1,308 million and $1,211 million at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

We had interest rate swap agreements for $100 million notional amount of pay fixed, receive floating interest rate swaps at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, to effectively convert the interest rate from floating to fixed through July 2011. We do not currently account for these contracts as hedges but rather mark them to market with a corresponding offset to current earnings. At March 31, 2011, these agreements had a liability value of $0.5 million. A hypothetical 1% increase in interest rates on variable rate debt would have increased interest expense for the first three months of 2011 by approximately $1.5 million.

 

54

---

Table of Contents

Foreign exchange rate risk

We are subject to exposure from fluctuations in foreign currencies. We use foreign currency exchange contracts to hedge our Canadian subsidiaries variability in cash flows from the forecasted payment of currencies other than the functional currency. The Canadian subsidiaries’ foreign currency contracts were principally used to purchase U.S. dollars. We had foreign currency contracts with a U.S. dollar notional amount of $11.6 million outstanding at March 31, 2011 and a liability value of $0.4 million. We do not currently account for these contracts as hedges but rather mark these contracts to market with a corresponding offset to current earnings.

Commodity price risk

Metal prices can fluctuate significantly due to several factors including changes in foreign and domestic production capacity, raw material availability, metals consumption and foreign currency rates. Declining metal prices could reduce our revenues, gross profit and net income. From time to time, we may enter into fixed price sales contracts with our customers for certain of our inventory components. We may enter into metal commodity futures and options contracts to reduce volatility in the price of these metals. We do not currently account for these contracts as hedges, but rather mark these contracts to market with a corresponding offset to current earnings. As of March 31, 2011, we had 143 tons of nickel futures or option contracts, 750 tons of hot roll coil swaps, and 40 tons of aluminum price swaps outstanding with asset values of $0.5 million, $0.2 million, and a value of zero, respectively.

 

55

---

Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Company

We believe we are one of the largest processors and distributors of metals in North America measured in terms of sales, with operations in the United States, Canada, Mexico and an established and growing presence in China. Our customer base ranges from local, independently owned fabricators and machine shops to large, national original equipment manufacturers. We process and distribute a full line of over 75,000 products in stainless steel, aluminum, carbon steel and alloy steels, and a limited line of nickel and red metals. More than one-half of the products we sell are processed to meet customer requirements. We use various processing and fabricating techniques to process materials to a specified thickness, length, width, shape and surface quality pursuant to customer orders. For the year ended December 31, 2010, we purchased 2.4 million tons of materials from many suppliers throughout the world. For the three months ended March 31, 2011, our net sales were $1.2 billion, Adjusted EBITDA, excluding LIFO expense, was $67.0 million and net loss was $1.6 million. See note 4 in “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data” for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss.

We currently operate over 100 facilities across North America and eight facilities in China. Our service centers are strategically located in close proximity to our customers, which allows us to quickly process and deliver our products and services, often within the same day or next day of receiving an order. We own, lease or contract a fleet of tractors and trailers, allowing us to efficiently meet our customers’ delivery demands. In addition, our scale enables us to maintain low operating costs. Our operating expenses as a percentage of sales for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 were 16.2% and 13.3%, respectively.

In addition to providing a wide range of flat and long metals products, we offer numerous value-added processing and fabrication services such as sawing, slitting, blanking, cutting to length, leveling, flame cutting, laser cutting, edge trimming, edge rolling, roll forming, tube manufacturing, polishing, shearing, forming, stamping, punching, rolling shell plate to radius and beveling to process materials to a specified thickness, length, width, shape and surface quality pursuant to specific customer orders. Our value proposition also includes providing a superior level of customer service and responsiveness, technical services and inventory management solutions. Our breadth of services allows us to create long-term partnerships with our customers and enhances our profitability.

We serve more than 40,000 customers across a wide range of manufacturing end markets. We believe the diverse end markets we serve reduce the volatility of our business in the aggregate. Our geographic network and broad range of products and services allow us to serve large, national manufacturing companies across multiple locations.

We are broadly diversified our end markets and product lines in North America, as detailed below.

 

North America Sales by End Market		North America Sales by Product
		(1)    Other includes copper, brass, nickel, pipe, valves and fittings.

 

56

---

Table of Contents

Industry Overview

Metals service centers serve as key intermediaries between metal producers and end users of metal products. Metal producers offer commodity products and typically sell metals in the form of standard-sized coils, sheets, plates, structurals, bars and tubes. Producers prefer large order quantities, longer lead times and limited inventory in order to maximize capacity utilization. End users of metal products seek to purchase metals with customized specifications, including value-added processing. End market customers look for “one-stop” suppliers that can offer processing services along with lower order volumes, shorter lead times, and more reliable delivery. As an intermediary, metals service centers aggregate end-users’ demand, purchase metal in bulk to take advantage of economies of scale and then process and sell metal that meets specific customer requirements. The end-markets for metals service centers are highly diverse and include machinery, manufacturing, construction and transportation.

The metals service center industry is comprised of many companies, the majority of which have limited product lines and inventories, with customers located in a specific geographic area. The industry is highly fragmented, with a large number of small companies and few relatively large companies. In general, competition is based on quality, service, price and geographic proximity.

The metals service center industry typically experiences cash flow trends that are counter-cyclical to the revenue and volume growth of the industry. Companies that participate in the industry have assets that are composed primarily of working capital. During an industry downturn, companies generally reduce working capital investments and generate cash as inventory and accounts receivable balances decline. As a result, operating cash flow and liquidity tend to increase during a downturn, which typically facilitates industry participants’ ability to cover fixed costs and repay outstanding debt.

The industry is divided into three major groups: general line service centers, specialized service centers, and processing centers, each of which targets different market segments. General line service centers handle a broad line of metals products and tend to concentrate on distribution rather than processing. General line service centers range in size from a single location to a nationwide network of locations. For general line service centers, individual order size in terms of dollars and tons tends to be small relative to processing centers, while the total number of orders is typically high. Specialized service centers focus their activities on a narrower range of product and service offerings than do general line companies. Such service centers provide a narrower range of services to their customers and emphasize product expertise and lower operating costs, while maintaining a moderate level of investment in processing equipment. Processing centers typically process large quantities of metals purchased from primary producers for resale to large industrial customers, such as the automotive industry. Because orders are typically large, operation of a processing center requires a significant investment in processing equipment.

We compete with many other general line service centers, specialized service centers and processing centers on a regional and local basis, some of which may have greater financial resources and flexibility than us. We also compete to a lesser extent with primary metal producers. Primary metal producers typically sell to very large customers that require regular shipments of large volumes of steel. Although these large customers sometimes use metals service centers to supply a portion of their metals needs, metals service center customers typically are consumers of smaller volumes of metals than are customers of primary steel producers. Although we purchase from foreign steelmakers, some of our competitors purchase a higher percentage of metals than us from foreign steelmakers. Such competitors may benefit from favorable exchange rates or other economic or regulatory factors that may result in a competitive advantage. This competitive advantage may be offset somewhat by higher transportation costs and less dependable delivery times associated with importing metals into North America.

 

57

---

Table of Contents

Competitive Strengths

Leading Market Position with National Scale and Presence in China.

We believe we are one of the largest service center companies for stainless steel, one of the two largest service centers for aluminum, and one of the leading carbon products service center companies based on sales in the combined United States and Canada market. We also believe we are the second largest metals service center in the combined United States and Canada market based on sales. We have a broad geographic presence with over 100 locations in North America. We have leveraged our leadership in North America to establish sizable operations in China and we believe we are the only major global service center company whose activities in China generate a significant portion of our revenue relative to overall operations. Our China operations represented between 4% and 5% of our total revenues in 2010. In China, we have expanded from three metals service centers in 2006 to eight operating facilities currently with several more under consideration. We believe we are the only major North American service center whose activities in China represent a significant portion of overall operations in terms of revenue, making us a leading global service center company in China, which we believe positions us favorably in the largest metals market in the world. Although we maintain operations in China, conducting business in foreign countries has inherent risks and there can be no guarantee of our continued success abroad.

Our service centers are located near our customer locations, enabling us to provide timely delivery to customers across numerous geographic markets. Additionally, our widespread network of locations in the United States, Canada, Mexico and China utilize expertise that allow us to serve customers with complex supply chain requirements across multiple manufacturing locations. Our ability to transfer inventory among our facilities better enables us to timely and profitably source specialized items at regional locations throughout our network than if we were required to maintain inventory of all products at each location.

Diverse Customer Base, End Market and Geographic Focus.

We believe that our broad and diverse customer base in both geography and product provides a strong platform for growth in a recovering economy and helps to protect us from regional and industry-specific downturns. We serve more than 40,000 customers across a diverse range of industries, including metals fabrication, industrial machinery, commercial transportation, electrical equipment and appliances and heavy machinery and construction equipment. During the year ended December 31, 2010, no single customer accounted for more than 5% of our sales, and our top 10 customers accounted for less than 12% of sales. We continue to expand our customer base and added over 4,000 net new customers since December 31, 2009. Consistent with our growth strategy, these new customers are primarily from the diversified industrial base that utilizes our customized value added services, which typically exhibit relatively high margins.

Extensive Breadth of Products and Services.

We carry a full range of over 75,000 products, including stainless steel, aluminum, carbon steel and alloy steels and a limited line of nickel and red metals. In addition, we provide a broad range of processing and fabrication services to meet the needs of our customers. We also provide supply chain solutions, including just-in-time delivery, and value-added components to many original equipment manufacturers. We believe our broad product mix, extensive geographic footprint and marketing approach provides customers a “one-stop shop” solution few other service center companies are able to offer.

Experienced Management Team with Diverse Backgrounds Focused on Profitability.

Our senior management team has extensive industry and operational experience and has been instrumental in optimizing and implementing our transformation since Platinum’s acquisition of Ryerson in 2007. Our senior management has an average of more than 21 years of experience in the metals or service center industries. The senior executive team’s extensive experience in international markets and outside the service center industry provides perspective to drive profitable growth. Our CEO, Mr. Michael Arnold, joined the Company in January 2011 and has 32 years of diversified industrial experience. After fully implementing Platinum’s acquisition plan

 

58

---

Table of Contents

to transform our operating and cost structure in 2009, we have increased our focus on growing and enhancing profitability driven by providing customized solutions to diversified industrial customers who value these services.

Broad-Based Product and Geographic Platform Provides Multiple Opportunities for Profitable Growth.

While we expect the service center industry to benefit from improving general economic conditions, several end-markets where we have meaningful exposure (including the heavy and medium truck/transportation, machinery, industrial equipment and appliance sectors) have begun and we believe will continue to experience stronger shipment growth compared to overall industrial growth. In addition, although there can be no guarantee of growth, we believe a number of our other strategies, such as upgrading our sales talent and growing our large national network and diverse operating capabilities, will provide us with growth opportunities.

Strong Relationships with Suppliers.

We are among the largest purchasers of metals in North America. We believe we are frequently one of the largest customers of our suppliers and that concentrating our orders among a core group of suppliers is an effective method for obtaining favorable pricing and service. We believe we have the opportunity to further leverage this strength. Suppliers worldwide are consolidating and large, geographically diversified customers, such as Ryerson, are desirable partners for these larger suppliers. We have long-term relationships with our suppliers and take advantage of purchasing opportunities abroad.

Transformed Decentralized Operating Model.

We have transformed our operating model by decentralizing our operations and reducing our cost base. Decentralization improved our customer service by moving key operational functions such as procurement, credit and operations support to our field operations. From October 2007 through the end of 2009, we reduced annual expenses by $280 million, approximately 61% of which are permanent cost reductions. The cost reductions included a headcount reduction of approximately 1,700, representing 33% of our workforce, and the closure of 14 redundant or underperforming facilities in North America. We have also focused on process improvements in inventory management. Our inventory days improved from an average of 100 days in 2006 to 71 days in 2010. These organizational and operational changes improved our operating structure, working capital management and efficiency. As a result of our initiatives, we believe that we have increased our financial flexibility and have a favorable cost structure compared to many of our peers. We continue to seek out opportunities to improve efficiency and increase cost savings.

Our Strategy

Expand Our Industry Leadership in Selected Products and Diversified Industrial Markets.

We are selective regarding which products, end markets and customers we serve. We believe we are currently the industry leader in stainless steel, and a leader in aluminum and long products. As a leader in these selected products, we aim to be the supplier of choice for our customers. We are constantly evaluating attractive opportunities focused on geographies, end-markets and customers that will allow us to grow the fastest, maximize our margins, leverage our global procurement capabilities and achieve leadership positions. We have increased our focus on higher margin diversified industrial customers that value our customized processing services and are less price sensitive than large volume buyers. We added over 4,000 net new customers since December 31, 2009 across a diverse set of industrial manufacturers.

Additionally, we see significant opportunities to improve our product mix by increasing the amount of long products supplied to our customers. We have established regional product inventory to provide a broad line of stainless, aluminum, carbon and alloy long products as well as the necessary processing equipment to meet demanding requirements of these customers. For the year ended December 31, 2010 we generated $622 million of revenue from long products, which represents an increase of 33% over 2009.

 

59

---

Table of Contents

We seek to grow revenue by continuing to complement our standard products with first stage manufacturing and other processing capabilities that add value for our customers. Additionally, for certain customers we have assumed the management and responsibility for complex supply chains involving numerous suppliers, fabricators and processors. For the year ended December 31, 2010, we generated $283 million of revenue from our fabrication operations, which represents an increase of 58% over 2009.

Drive to Industry Leading Financial Performance.

Continue to Improve Margins. We seek to improve our margins through value-based pricing, superior service, improved product mix and improvements in procurement. We leverage our capabilities to deliver the highest value proposition to our customers by providing a wide breadth of competitive products and services, superior customer service and product quality and responsiveness. We are focused on pricing our products and services to maximize price realization and generate higher margins to achieve industry leading financial performance. We expect to continue achieving attractive procurement costs and create the value proposition in all market cycles to create price leadership and competitive, value based pricing which will improve our margins.

Continue to Improve Our Operating Efficiencies. We are committed to improving our operating capabilities through continuous business improvements and cost reductions. We have made and continue to make improvements in a variety of areas, including working capital management, operations, delivery and administration expenses.

Focus on Profitable Global Growth.

We are focused on increasing our sales to existing customers, as well as expanding our customer base globally. We expect to continue increasing total revenue through a variety of sales initiatives and by targeting attractive markets.

Continue to Revitalize Sales Talent. Since 2008, we have upgraded our talent and believe we have revitalized our North American sales force, as well as adjusted our incentive plans to be consistent with our profitability goals. We have targeted our sales force to have specific skills aligned with our new product and end market strategies. Approximately 30% of our sales force has joined the Company since 2009, many of whom have significant product and market expertise.

Continue to Expand our Customer Base. We will continue expanding our customer base in diversified industrial end markets with an increased focus on transactional business. We will simultaneously continue to serve and opportunistically seek to expand our larger national and global customers. In addition, we will continue leveraging our China infrastructure to service both Chinese national accounts and existing North American based customers with Chinese operations.

Continue Expansion in Attractive Markets. We have also opened facilities in several new regions globally, where we identified a geographic or product market opportunity.

 

•

North America. We have expanded and continue to expand in markets where we observe select products, services and end markets are underserved. For example, we have broadened our reach in long and plate products in Texas, California, Utah and Mexico. We continue to pursue sales in the Mexican market through our locations along the U.S.-Mexico border as well as new locations in Mexico.

 

•

China. We believe we are the most established U.S. based service center in China. We have grown our operations in China substantially and continue to enhance the size and quality of the sales talent in our operations, pursue more value-added processing with higher margins, and broaden our product line. Our China operations represented between 4% and 5% of our total revenues in 2010. We currently have eight facilities in China with several other locations under consideration. We expect to benefit as Chinese metals consumption grows and the Chinese service center industry becomes a more prominent part of the local supply chain.

 

60

---

Table of Contents

•

Emerging Markets. We expect to leverage our expertise in North America and experience in China to grow our business in high growth emerging markets, including Asia and Latin America, and with particular focus on India and Brazil. We are currently building a framework to consider which of these markets to target, as well as how we would finance and develop operations in such markets. We will evaluate acquisitions, joint ventures and organic expansion opportunities in these regions by capitalizing on our previous experience in China, India and Mexico.

Continue to Execute Value-Accretive Acquisitions.

The metals service center industry is highly fragmented with the largest player accounting for only 6% of the total market share and a vast majority of our other competitors operating from a single location or being regionally focused. We believe our significant geographic presence provides a strong platform to capitalize on this fragmentation through acquisitions. In the last fifteen months, we completed four strategic acquisitions: Texas Steel Processing Inc.; assets of Cutting Edge Metals Processing Inc.; SFI-Gray Steel Inc. and Singer Steel Company. These acquisitions have provided various opportunities for long-term value creation through the expansion of our product and service capabilities, geographic reach, operational distribution network, end markets diversification, cross-selling opportunities, and the addition of transactional-based customers. We continually evaluate potential acquisitions of service center companies to complement our existing customer base and product offerings, and plan to continue pursuing our disciplined approach to such acquisitions.

Maintain Flexible Capital Structure and Strong Liquidity Profile.

Our management team is focused on maintaining a strong level of liquidity that will facilitate our plans to execute our various growth strategies. Throughout the economic downturn, we maintained liquidity in excess of $350 million. Availability under the Ryerson Credit Facility at March 31, 2011 was approximately $302 million and we had cash-on-hand of $41.9 million. On March 14, 2011, we amended and extended the maturity date of the Ryerson Credit Facility unit the earliest of (i) March 2016, (ii) 90 days prior to the scheduled maturity date of the 2014 Notes, if any 2014 Notes are then outstanding and (iii) 90 days prior to the scheduled maturity date of the 2015 Notes, if any 2015 Notes are then outstanding. We have no financial maintenance covenants on our debt unless availability under the Ryerson Credit Facility falls below $125 million. In addition, there are no other significant debt maturities until 2014.

Industry Outlook

The U.S. manufacturing sector continues to recover from the economic downturn, which affected and may continue to affect our operating results. However, according to the Institute for Supply Management, the Purchasing Managers’ Index (“PMI”) was 60.4% in April 2011, marking the 21^st consecutive month the reading was above 50%, which indicates that the manufacturing economy is generally expanding. The PMI measures the economic health of the manufacturing sector and is a composite index based on five indicators: new orders, inventory levels, production, supplier deliveries and the employment environment. PMI readings over 50% suggest growth in the manufacturing industry and if manufacturing is expanding, the general economy should similarly be expanding. As a result, PMI readings can be a good indicator of industry and general economic growth. Although there can be no guarantees on the timing of any overall improvements in the industry, since May 2009, total metal service center industry purchase orders have increased by 48.4%. Furthermore, the overall U.S. economy is expected to continue to grow as evidenced by the U.S. Congressional Budget Office’s forecasted GDP growth rates of 3.1% and 2.8% for 2011 and 2012, respectively.

According to MSCI, total inventory levels of carbon and stainless steel at U.S. service centers reached a trough in August 2009 and bottomed at the lowest levels since the data series began in 1977. Although industry demand recovered in 2010 and into 2011, shipments and inventory are still well below historical averages, which we believe suggests long-term growth potential that may be realized if these metrics return to or exceed their historical averages.

 

61

---

Table of Contents

U.S. Metals Service Center Shipments & Inventories

 

Source:

MSCI as of April 2011.

China continues to be a key driver in the growth of global metals demand. According to The Economist Intelligence Unit, China’s GDP is projected to grow at 9.0% in 2011 while CRU is forecasting Chinese steel consumption growth of 11.8% (hot-rolled sheet) in the same period.

Metals prices have recovered significantly from the trough levels in 2009 as a result of growing demand and increased raw material costs, despite volume still well below historical levels.

The following charts show the historical mill cost of key metals.

 

North American Midwest HRC ($/ton)		USA CR Grade 304 Stainless Steel ($/ton)		Aluminum ($/ton)

 

Source:

Steel Business Briefing and Bloomberg.

Products and Services

We carry a full line of carbon steel, stainless steel, alloy steels and aluminum, and a limited line of nickel and red metals. These materials are inventoried in a number of shapes, including coils, sheets, rounds, hexagons, square and flat bars, plates, structurals and tubing.

 

62

---

Table of Contents

The following table shows our percentage of sales by major product lines for 2008, 2009 and 2010:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
Product Line		2008				2009				2010
Carbon Steel Flat			26	%			28	%			29	%
Carbon Steel Plate			9				6				8
Carbon Steel Long			9				8				9
Stainless Steel Flat			22				19				21
Stainless Steel Plate			5				4				4
Stainless Steel Long			3				3				3
Aluminum Flat			13				15				15
Aluminum Plate			4				4				3
Aluminum Long			3				4				4
Other			6				9				4
Total			100	%			100	%			100	%

More than one-half of the materials sold by us are processed. We use processing and fabricating techniques such as sawing, slitting, blanking, cutting to length, leveling, flame cutting, laser cutting, edge trimming, edge rolling, polishing and shearing to process materials to specified thickness, length, width, shape and surface quality pursuant to specific customer orders. Among the most common processing techniques used by us are slitting, which involves cutting coiled metals to specified widths along the length of the coil, and leveling, which involves flattening metals and cutting them to exact lengths. We also use third-party fabricators to outsource certain processes that we are not able to perform internally (such as pickling, painting, forming and drilling) to enhance our value-added services.

The plate burning and fabrication processes are particularly important to us. These processes require sophisticated and expensive processing equipment. As a result, rather than making investments in such equipment, manufacturers have increasingly outsourced these processes to metals service centers.

As part of securing customer orders, we also provide services to our customers to assure cost effective material application while maintaining or improving the customers’ product quality.

Our services include: just-in-time inventory programs, production of kits containing multiple products for ease of assembly by the customer, consignment arrangements and the placement of our employees at a customer’s site for inventory management and production and technical assistance. We also provide special stocking programs in which products that would not otherwise be stocked by us are held in inventory to meet certain customers’ needs. These services are designed to reduce customers’ costs by minimizing their investment in inventory and improving their production efficiency.

Customers

Our customer base is diverse, numbering approximately 40,000 and includes most metal-consuming industries, most of which are cyclical. For the year ended December 31, 2010, no single customer accounted for more than 5% of our sales, and the top 10 customers accounted for less than 12% of our sales. Substantially all of our sales are attributable to our U.S. operations and substantially all of our long-lived assets are located in the United States. Our Canadian operations comprised 10% of our sales in each of 2008, 2009 and 2010, and our China operations comprised 0%, 4% and 4% of our sales in 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively. Canadian assets were 9%, 13% and 10% of consolidated assets at December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively. Chinese assets were 4%, 4% and 5% of consolidated assets at December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively. During 2010, we started operations in Mexico. Our Mexican operations’ sales and assets were less than 1% of our worldwide sales and assets in 2010.

Some of our largest customers have procurement programs with us, typically ranging from three months to one year in duration. Pricing for these contracts is generally based on a pricing formula rather than a fixed price

 

63

---

Table of Contents

for the program duration. However, certain customer contracts are at fixed prices; in order to minimize our financial exposure, we generally match these fixed-price sales programs with fixed-price supply programs. In general, sales to customers are priced at the time of sale based on prevailing market prices.

Suppliers

For the year ended December 31, 2010, our top 25 suppliers accounted for approximately 77% of our purchase dollars.

We purchase the majority of our inventories at prevailing market prices from key suppliers with which we have established relationships to obtain improvements in price, quality, delivery and service. We are generally able to meet our materials requirements because we use many suppliers, because there is a substantial overlap of product offerings from these suppliers, and because there are a number of other suppliers able to provide identical or similar products. Because of the competitive nature of the business, when metal prices increase due to product demand, mill surcharges, supplier consolidation or other factors that in turn lead to supply constraints or longer mill lead times, we may not be able to pass our increased material costs fully to customers. In recent years, there have been significant consolidations among suppliers of carbon steel, stainless steel, and aluminum. Continued consolidation among suppliers could lead to disruptions in our ability to meet our material requirements as the sources of our products become more concentrated from fewer producers. We believe we will be able to meet our material requirements because we believe that we have good relationships with our suppliers and believe we will continue to be among the largest customers of our suppliers.

Facilities

Our owned and leased facilities as of March 31, 2011 are set forth below.

Operations in the United States

Ryerson, through JT Ryerson, maintains 84 operational facilities, including 7 locations that are dedicated to administration services. All of our metals service center facilities are in good condition and are adequate for JT Ryerson’s existing operations. Approximately 38% of these facilities are leased. The lease terms expire at various times through 2025. Owned properties noted as vacated below have been closed and are in the process of being sold. JT Ryerson’s properties and facilities are adequate to serve its present and anticipated needs.

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to each facility as of March 31, 2011:

 

Location		Own/Lease
Birmingham, AL		Owned
Mobile, AL		Leased
Fort Smith, AR		Owned
Hickman, AR**		Leased
Little Rock, AR (2)		Owned
Phoenix, AZ		Owned
Fresno, CA		Leased
Livermore, CA		Leased
Vernon, CA		Owned
Commerce City, CO		Owned
Greenwood, CO*		Leased

 

64

---

Table of Contents

Location		Own/Lease
Wilmington, DE		Owned
Jacksonville, FL		Owned
Miami, FL		Owned/Vacated
Orlando, FL*		Leased
Tampa Bay, FL		Owned
Duluth, GA		Owned
Norcross, GA		Owned
Cedar Rapids, IA		Owned
Eldridge, IA		Leased
Des Moines, IA		Owned
Marshalltown, IA		Owned
Boise, ID		Leased
Elgin, IL		Leased
Chicago, IL (Headquarters)*		Owned
Chicago, IL (16th Street Facility)		Owned
Lisle, IL*		Leased
Burns Harbor, IN		Owned
Indianapolis, IN		Owned
Wichita, KS		Leased
Louisville, KY		Owned
Shelbyville, KY**		Owned
Shreveport, LA		Owned
St. Rose, LA		Owned
Devens, MA		Owned
Grand Rapids, MI*		Leased
Jenison, MI		Owned
Lansing, MI		Leased
Minneapolis, MN		Owned
Plymouth, MN		Owned
Maryland Heights, MO		Leased
North Kansas City, MO		Owned
St. Louis, MO		Leased
Greenwood, MS		Leased
Jackson, MS		Owned
Billings, MT		Leased
Charlotte, NC		Owned
Charlotte, NC		Owned/Vacated
Greensboro, NC		Owned

 

65

---

Table of Contents

Location		Own/Lease
Pikeville, NC		Leased
Youngsville, NC		Leased
Omaha, NE		Owned
Lancaster, NY		Owned
Liverpool, NY		Leased
New York, NY*		Leased/Vacated
Cincinnati, OH		Owned/Vacated
Cleveland, OH		Owned
Columbus, OH		Leased
Hamilton, OH*		Leased
Streetsboro, OH		Leased
Tulsa, OK		Owned
Oklahoma City, OK		Owned
Portland, OR (2)		Leased
Ambridge, PA**		Owned
Fairless Hills, PA		Leased
Charleston, SC		Owned
Greenville, SC		Owned
Chattanooga, TN		Owned
Knoxville, TN		Leased/Vacated
Memphis, TN		Owned
Nashville, TN		Owned/Vacated
Nashville, TN*		Leased
Dallas, TX (2)		Owned
EI Paso, TX		Leased
Houston, TX		Owned
Houston, TX (2)		Leased
Houston, TX		Leased/Vacated
McAllen, TX		Leased
Clearfield, UT (2)		Leased
Pounding Mill, VA		Owned
Richmond, VA		Owned
Renton, WA		Owned
Spokane, WA		Owned
Baldwin, WI		Leased
Green Bay, WI		Owned
Milwaukee, WI		Owned

 

*	Office space only

**	Processing centers

 

66

---

Table of Contents

Operations in Canada

Ryerson Canada, a wholly owned indirect Canadian subsidiary of Ryerson, has 13 facilities in Canada. All of the metals service center facilities are in good condition and are adequate for Ryerson Canada’s existing and anticipated operations. Five facilities are leased.

 

Location		Own/Lease
Calgary, AB		Owned
Edmonton, AB		Owned
Richmond, BC		Owned
Winnipeg, MB		Owned
Winnipeg, MB		Leased
Saint John, NB		Owned
Brampton, ON		Leased
Sudbury, ON		Owned
Toronto, ON (includes Canadian Headquarters)		Owned
Laval, QC		Leased
Vaudreuil, QC		Leased
Saskatoon, SK		Owned
Saskatoon, SK		Leased

Operations in China

Ryerson China, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Ryerson, has five service and processing centers in China, at Guangzhou, Dongguan, Kunshan, Tianjin and Wuhan, performing coil processing, sheet metal fabrication and plate processing. Ryerson China’s headquarters office building is located in Shanghai. Ryerson China also has three sales offices in Beijing, Wuxi and Shenzhen. We own three buildings in China and have purchased the related land use rights. The remainder of our facilities are leased. All of the facilities are in good condition and are adequate for Ryerson China’s existing and anticipated operations.

Operations in Mexico

Ryerson Mexico, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Ryerson, has two facilities in Mexico; We have one sales office in Mexicali and a service center in Monterrey, both of which are leased. The facilities are in good condition and are adequate for Ryerson Mexico’s existing and anticipated operations.

Sales and Marketing

We maintain our own sales force. In addition to our office sales staff, we market and sell our products through the use of our field sales force that has extensive product and customer knowledge and through a comprehensive catalog of our products. Our office and field sales staffs, which together consist of approximately 900 employees, include technical and metallurgical personnel.

A portion of our customers experience seasonal slowdowns. Our sales in the months of July, November and December traditionally have been lower than in other months because of a reduced number of shipping days and holiday or vacation closures for some customers. Consequently, our sales in the first two quarters of the year are usually higher than in the third and fourth quarters.

 

67

---

Table of Contents

Capital Expenditures

In recent years we have made capital expenditures to maintain, improve and expand processing capabilities. Additions by us to property, plant and equipment, together with retirements for the five years ended December 31, 2010, excluding the initial purchase price of acquisitions and the initial effect of fully consolidating a joint venture, are set forth below. The net capital change during such period aggregated to a reduction of $4.7 million.

 

		Additions				Retirements or Sale				Net
		(In millions)
2010		$	27.0			$	5.5			$	21.5
2009			22.8				17.4				5.4
2008			30.1				52.0				(21.9	)
2007			60.7				54.4				6.3
2006			35.7				51.7				(16.0	)

We currently anticipate capital expenditures, excluding acquisitions, of up to approximately $50.0 million for 2011. We expect capital expenditures will be funded from cash generated by operations and available borrowings.

Employees

As of March 31, 2011, we employed approximately 3,700 persons in North America and 500 persons in China. Our North American workforce was comprised of approximately 1,900 office employees and approximately 1,800 plant employees. Forty percent of our plant employees were members of various unions, including the United Steel Workers and the International Brotherhood of Teamsters. Our relationship with the various unions has generally been good. There has been one work stoppage over the last five years.

Six collective bargaining agreements expired in 2008, a year in which we reached agreement on the renewal of four contracts covering 53 employees. Two contracts covering 52 employees were extended into 2009. We reached agreement in 2009 on one of the extended contracts covering 45 employees and the single remaining contract from 2008, covering approximately five persons, remains on an extension. In addition, negotiations over a new collective bargaining agreement at a newly certified location employing four persons began in late 2008 and was concluded in 2009. Nine contracts covering 339 persons were scheduled to expire in 2009. We reached agreement on the renewal of eight contracts covering approximately 258 persons and one contract covering approximately 89 persons was extended. During 2010, the parties to this extended contact covering two Chicago area facilities agreed to sever the bargaining unit between the two facilities and bargaining was concluded for one facility, which covers approximately 59 employees. This new contract expires on December 31, 2011. The other facility’s contract, which covers approximately 30 employees, remains on extension. Seven contracts covering approximately 85 persons were scheduled to expire in 2010. We reached agreement on the renewal of all seven contracts. Ten contracts covering approximately 312 persons are scheduled to expire in 2011. One of these contracts, which covers 59 employees, will not to be renewed due to facility closure. We may not be able to negotiate extensions of these agreements or new agreements prior to their expiration date. As a result, we may experience additional labor disruptions in the future. A widespread work stoppage could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows if it were to last for a significant period of time.

Environmental, Health and Safety Matters

Our operations are subject to many foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment and to health and safety. In particular, our operations are subject to extensive requirements relating to waste disposal, recycling, air and water emissions, the handling of hazardous substances,

 

68

---

Table of Contents

environmental protection, remediation, underground storage tanks, asbestos-containing building materials, workplace exposure and other matters. Our management believes that our operations are presently in substantial compliance with all such laws and does not presently anticipate that we will be required to expend any substantial amounts in the foreseeable future in order to meet present environmental, workplace health or safety requirements. Any related proceedings or investigations regarding personal injury or governmental claims could result in substantial costs to us, divert our management’s attention and result in significant liabilities, fines, or the suspension or interruption of our facilities.

We continue to analyze and implement improvements for protection of the environment, health and safety risks. As a result, additional costs and liabilities may be incurred to comply with future requirements or to address newly discovered conditions, which costs and liabilities could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. For example, there is increasing likelihood that additional regulation of greenhouse gas emissions will occur at the foreign, federal, state and local level, which could affect us, our suppliers, and our customers. While the costs of compliance could be significant, given the highly uncertain outcome and timing of future action by the U.S. federal government and states on this issue, we cannot predict the financial impact of future greenhouse gas emission reduction programs on our operations or our customers at this time. We do not currently anticipate any new programs disproportionately impacting us compared to our competitors.

Some of the properties owned or leased by us are located in industrial areas or have a history of heavy industrial use. We may incur environmental liabilities with respect to these properties in the future that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. We may also incur environmental liabilities at sites to which we sent our waste. We do not expect any related investigation or remediation costs or any pending remedial actions or claims at properties presently or formerly used for our operations or to which we sent waste that are expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. However, we cannot rule out the possibility that we could be notified of such claims in the future.

Capital and operating expenses for pollution control projects were less than $500,000 per year for the past five years. Excluding any potential additional remediation costs resulting from the environmental remediation for the properties described above, we expect spending for pollution control projects to remain at historical levels.

Our United States operations are also subject to the Department of Transportation Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations. We operate a private trucking motor fleet for making deliveries to some of our customers. Our drivers do not carry any material quantities of hazardous materials. Our foreign operations are subject to similar regulations. Future regulations could increase maintenance, replacement, and fuel costs for our fleet. These costs could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Intellectual Property

We own several U.S. and foreign trademarks, service marks and copyrights. Certain of the trademarks are registered with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and, in certain circumstances, with the trademark offices of various foreign countries. We consider certain other information owned by us to be trade secrets. We protect our trade secrets by, among other things, entering into confidentiality agreements with our employees regarding such matters and implementing measures to restrict access to sensitive data and computer software source code on a need-to-know basis. We believe that these safeguards adequately protect our proprietary rights and vigorously defend these rights. While we consider all of our intellectual property rights as a whole to be important, we do not consider any single right to be essential to our operations as a whole. The Ryerson Notes are secured by our intellectual property.

 

69

---

Table of Contents

Foreign Operations

Ryerson Canada

Ryerson Canada, an indirect wholly owned Canadian subsidiary of Ryerson, is a metals service center and processor. Ryerson Canada has facilities in Calgary (AB), Edmonton (AB), Richmond (BC), Winnipeg (MB), Saint John (NB), Brampton (ON), Sudbury (ON), Toronto (ON) (includes Canadian headquarters), Laval (QC), Vaudreuil (QC) and Saskatoon (SK), Canada.

Ryerson China

In 2006, Ryerson Inc. and VSC and its subsidiary, CAMP BVI, formed Ryerson China to enable us, through this foreign operation, to provide metals distribution services in China. We invested $28.3 million in Ryerson China for a 40% equity interest. We increased ownership of Ryerson China from 40% to 80% in the fourth quarter of 2008 for a total purchase cost of $18.5 million. We consolidated the operations of Ryerson China as of October 31, 2008. On July 12, 2010, we acquired VSC’s remaining 20% equity interest in Ryerson China for $17.5 million. As a result, Ryerson China is now an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Ryerson Holding. Ryerson China is based in Shanghai and operates processing and service centers in Guangzhou, Dongguan, Kunshan, Tianjin and Wuhan and three sales offices in Beijing, Wuxi, and Shenshen.

Ryerson Mexico

Ryerson Mexico, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Ryerson, operates as a metals service center and processor. Ryerson formed Ryerson Mexico in 2010 to expand operations into the Mexican market. Ryerson Mexico has a service center in Monterrey, Mexico and a sales office in Mexicali, Mexico.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are named as a defendant in legal actions incidental to our ordinary course of business. We do not believe that the resolution of these claims will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. We maintain liability insurance coverage to assist in protecting our assets from losses arising from or related to activities associated with business operations.

 

70

---

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Set forth below is a list of the names, ages and positions of the executive officers and directors of Ryerson Holding as of the closing of this offering. All directors are elected to serve until their successors are elected and qualified. Following this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will provide for a classified Board of Directors consisting of three classes of directors, each serving staggered three-year terms. See “Board of Directors, Committees and Executive Officers—Term and Class of Directors” below and “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover provisions of Delaware law,” and “—Charter and bylaw’s anti-takeover provisions” for more information.

 

Name		Age				Position
Michael C. Arnold			54			Chief Executive Officer and President
Terence R. Rogers			52			Chief Financial Officer
Matthias L. Heilmann			42			Chief Operating Officer
Robert L. Archambault			47			Director
Kirk K. Calhoun*			67			Director
Eva M. Kalawski			56			Director
Jacob Kotzubei			42			Director
Mary Ann Sigler			56			Director

 

*	Mr. Calhoun will be joining the Board of Directors upon the closing of this offering.

Biographies of Executive Officers

Michael C. Arnold has been our Chief Executive Officer and President since January 2011. Prior to joining Ryerson, he served as executive vice president and president for The Timken Company (“Timken”) from 2007 to 2010 and president of Timken’s Bearings and Power Transmission Group from 2007 to 2010. Timken is a global company that manufactures steel, bearings and related components. Mr. Arnold earned a Bachelor’s degree in Mechanical Engineering and an MBA in sales and marketing from the University of Akron.

Terence R. Rogers has been Chief Financial Officer of Ryerson Holding since January 2010 and has been Chief Financial Officer of Ryerson since October 2007. He was Vice President—Finance of Ryerson from September 2001 to October 2007 and Treasurer of Ryerson from February 1999 to October 2007. Mr. Rogers earned a B.S. in Accounting from Illinois State University and an M.B.A. in Finance from the University of Michigan.

Matthias L. Heilmann has been Chief Operating Officer of Ryerson Holding since March 2010 and Chief Operating Officer of Ryerson since January 2009. Mr. Heilmann was a Vice President and Operating Executive at Platinum since joining in 2005. He was a partner at Roland Berger Strategy Consultants from 2003 to 2005. From 2000 to 2003 he was Vice President Sales and Business Development at SAP and from 1996 to 2000 he was a partner at A.T. Kearney. Mr. Heilmann received a BS in Economics, MBA and Doctorate degrees in Corporate Finance and Management Accounting from University of St. Gall, Switzerland.

In addition to the above-named executive officers, there are a number of Platinum employees who perform non-policy making officer functions at the Company.

Biographies of Directors

Robert L. Archambault has been a director since April 2010. Mr. Archambault joined Platinum in 1997 and is a Partner at the firm. Prior to joining Platinum, Mr. Archambault worked at Pilot Software, Inc., where he held the positions of VP Business Development, VP Professional Services and VP Channels, Americas. Mr. Archambault received a B.S. in Management from New York Maritime College. Mr. Archambault served as acting president of Ryerson from October 2007 through August 2008 and his familiarity with Ryerson and its business has led the Board of Directors to conclude that he has the necessary expertise to serve as a director of the Company.

 

71

---

Table of Contents

Kirk K. Calhoun will join our Board of Directors as the chairman of the audit committee upon the completion of this offering. Mr. Calhoun joined the public accounting firm Ernst & Young, LLP in 1965 and served as a partner of the firm from 1975 until his retirement in 2002. Mr. Calhoun has a B.S. in Accounting from the University of Southern California and is a Certified Public Accountant (non-practicing) in California, as well as a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, California Society of Certified Public Accountants and National Association of Corporate Directors. He is currently chairman of the board of directors of Response Genetics, Inc. Previously Mr. Calhoun served on the board of directors of Abraxis Bioscience, Inc. until its sale in October of 2010. Mr. Calhoun’s experience serving on public company audit committees and boards of directors and his past work as a partner with Ernst & Young, LLP has led the Board of Directors to conclude that Mr. Calhoun has the requisite expertise to serve as a director of the Company and qualifies as a financial expert for audit committee purposes.

Eva M. Kalawski has been a director since October 2007. Ms. Kalawski joined Platinum in 1997, is a Partner and serves as the firm’s General Counsel and Secretary. Ms. Kalawski serves or has served as an officer and/or director of many of Platinum’s portfolio companies. Prior to joining Platinum in 1997, Ms. Kalawski was Vice President of Human Resources, General Counsel and Secretary for Pilot Software, Inc. Ms. Kalawski earned a Bachelor’s Degree in Political Science and French from Mount Holyoke College and a Juris Doctor from Georgetown University Law Center. Ms. Kalawski’s expertise and experience managing the legal operations of many portfolio companies has led the Board of Directors to conclude that she has the background and skills necessary to serve as a director of the Company.

Jacob Kotzubei has been a director since January 2010. Mr. Kotzubei joined Platinum in 2002 and is a Partner at the firm. Mr. Kotzubei serves as an officer and/or director of a number of Platinum’s portfolio companies. Prior to joining Platinum in 2002, Mr. Kotzubei worked for 4 ¹/2 years for Goldman Sachs’ Investment Banking Division in New York City. Previously, he was an attorney at Sullivan & Cromwell LLP in New York City, specializing in mergers and acquisitions. Mr. Kotzubei received a Bachelor’s degree from Wesleyan University and holds a Juris Doctor from Columbia University School of Law where he was elected a member of the Columbia Law Review. Mr. Kotzubei’s experience in executive management oversight, private equity, capital markets and transactional matters has led the Board of Directors to conclude that he has the varied expertise necessary to serve as a director of the Company.

Mary Ann Sigler has been a director since January 2010. Ms. Sigler is the Chief Financial Officer of Platinum. Ms. Sigler joined Platinum in 2004 and is responsible for overall accounting, tax, and financial reporting as well as managing strategic planning projects for the firm. Prior to joining Platinum, Ms. Sigler was with Ernst & Young LLP for 25 years where she was a partner. Ms. Sigler has a B.A. in Accounting from California State University Fullerton and a Masters in Business Taxation from the University of Southern California. Ms. Sigler is a Certified Public Accountant in California, as well as a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the California Society of Certified Public Accountants. Ms. Sigler’s experience in accounting and strategic planning matters has led the Board of Directors to conclude that she has the requisite qualifications to serve as a director of the Company and facilitate its continued growth.

Board of Directors, Committees and Executive Officers

Composition of Board of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that the authorized number of directors shall be fixed from time to time by a resolution of the majority of our Board of Directors. As of the closing of this offering, our Board of Directors will be comprised of the following five members: Messrs. Archambault, Calhoun and Kotzubei, and Mses. Kalawski and Sigler.

Because Platinum will own more than 50% of the voting power of our common stock after this offering, we are considered to be a “controlled company” for purposes of the NYSE listing requirements. As such, we are permitted, and have elected, to opt out of the NYSE listing requirements that would otherwise require our Board of Directors to be comprised of a majority of independent directors and require our compensation committee and

 

72

---

Table of Contents

nominating and corporate governance committee to be comprised entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements. Our Board of Directors has determined that upon the closing of this offering, Mr. Calhoun will be independent.

Term and Class of Directors

Upon the closing of this offering, our Board of Directors will be divided into three staggered classes of directors of the same or nearly the same number. At each annual meeting of stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the directors of the same class whose terms are then expiring. The terms of the directors will expire upon election and qualification of successor directors at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held during the years 2012 for the Class I directors, 2013 for the Class II directors and 2014 for the Class III directors.

 

•

Our Class I directors will be Mses. Kalawski and Sigler;

 

•

Our Class II director will be Mr. Archambault; and

 

•

Our Class III directors will be Messrs. Calhoun and Kotzubei.

Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class shall consist of one-third of the directors. The division of our Board of Directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

Term of Executive Officers

Each executive officer is appointed and serves at the discretion of the Board of Directors and holds office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Director Compensation

Following the completion of this offering, we intend to pay our independent director, and any additional independent directors, an annual retainer fee that is commensurate with market practice for public companies of similar size. Other than independent directors, we do not intend to compensate directors for serving on our Board of Directors or any of its committees. We do, however, intend to reimburse each member of our Board of Directors for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with attending meetings of the Board of Directors and its committees.

Board Committees

In connection with the consummation of this offering, our Board of Directors will continue to have an audit committee, and will have a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will have the composition and responsibilities described below.

Audit Committee. Our audit committee will oversee a broad range of issues surrounding our accounting and financial reporting processes and audits of our financial statements, including the following: (i) monitor the integrity of our financial statements, our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, our independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence, and the performance of our internal audit function and independent registered public accounting firm, (ii) assume direct responsibility for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the work of any independent registered public accounting firm engaged for the purpose of performing any audit, review or attest services and for dealing directly with any such accounting firm, (iii) provide a medium for consideration of matters relating to any audit issues and (iv) prepare the audit committee report that the

 

73

---

Table of Contents

rules require be included in our filings with the SEC. Upon completion of this offering, the members of our audit committee will be Messrs. Kotzubei and Calhoun and Ms. Sigler. Mr. Calhoun will serve as chairman of the audit committee and the composition of our audit committee will comply with all applicable NYSE rules, including the requirement that at least one member of the audit committee have accounting or related financial management expertise. Mr. Calhoun will qualify as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K and will be “independent” as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules of the NYSE. Neither Mr. Kotzubei nor Ms. Sigler is so independent.

In accordance with NYSE rules, we plan to appoint a second independent director to our Board of Directors within 90 days of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, who will replace Mr. Kotzubei as a member of the audit committee and to appoint a third independent director to our Board of Directors within 12 months of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, who will replace Ms. Sigler as a member of the audit committee such that all of our audit committee members will be independent as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act and applicable NYSE rules.

Our Board of Directors will adopt a written charter for the audit committee, which will be available on our website upon consummation of this offering.

Compensation Committee. Our compensation committee will review and recommend policy relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and employees, including reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other senior officers, evaluating the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives and setting compensation of these officers based on such evaluations. The compensation committee will review and evaluate, at least annually, the performance of the compensation committee and its members, including compliance of the compensation committee with its charter. Upon the closing of this offering, the members of our compensation committee will be Messrs. Archambault and Kotzubei, neither of which is independent as such term is defined in the rules of the NYSE, and Mr. Calhoun. Because Platinum will own more than 50% of the voting power of our common stock after this offering, we are considered to be a “controlled company” for the purposes of the NYSE listing requirements. As such, we are permitted, and have elected, to opt out of the NYSE listing requirements that would otherwise require our compensation committee to be comprised entirely of independent directors.

Our Board of Directors will adopt a written charter for the compensation committee, which will be available on our website upon consummation of this offering.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee will oversee and assist our Board of Directors in identifying, reviewing and recommending nominees for election as directors; evaluate our Board of Directors and our management; develop, review and recommend corporate governance guidelines and a corporate code of business conduct and ethics; and generally advise our Board of Directors on corporate governance and related matters. Upon the closing of this offering, we will establish a nominating and corporate governance committee consisting of Mses. Kalawski and Sigler, none of whom are independent as such term is defined in the rules of the NYSE. Because Platinum will own more than 50% of the voting power of our common stock after this offering, we are considered to be a “controlled company” for the purposes of the NYSE listing requirements. As such, we are permitted, and have elected, to opt out of the NYSE listing requirements that would otherwise require our nominating and corporate governance committee to be comprised entirely of independent directors.

Our Board of Directors will adopt a written charter for the nominating and corporate governance committee, which will be available on our website upon consummation of this offering.

Our Board of Directors may from time to time establish other committees.

 

74

---

Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

We do not currently have a designated compensation committee. None of our executive officers has served as a member of the Board of Directors or compensation committee of any entity that has an executive officer serving as a member of our Board of Directors.

Indemnification

We maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws include provisions limiting the liability of directors and officers and indemnifying them under certain circumstances. We expect to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors to provide our directors and certain of their affiliated parties with additional indemnification and related rights. See “Description of Capital Stock—Limitation on liability of directors and indemnification” for further information.

Code of Ethics

Our Board of Directors has adopted a Code of Ethics that contains the ethical principles by which our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, among others, are expected to conduct themselves when carrying out their duties and responsibilities. A copy of our Code of Ethics may be found on our website at www.ryerson.com. We will provide a copy of our Code of Ethics to any person, without charge, upon request, by writing to the Compliance Officer, Ryerson Inc., 2621 West 15th Place, Chicago, Illinois 60608 (telephone number (773) 762-2121). We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of our Code of Ethics by posting such information on Ryerson Inc.’s website at www.ryerson.com.

 

75

---

Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Compensation Overview and Objectives

As a private company, our compensation decisions with respect to our named executive officers have historically been based on the goal of achieving performance at levels necessary to provide meaningful returns to our primary stockholder upon an ultimate liquidity event. To this end, our compensation decisions in 2010 were primarily based on the goal of recruiting, retaining, and motivating individuals who can help us meet and exceed our financial and operational goals.

Determination of Compensation

Our Board of Directors, in consultation with our primary stockholder, was principally responsible for establishing and making decisions with respect to our compensation and benefit plans generally in 2010, including all compensation decisions relating to our named executive officers. Following the effective date of this filing, we anticipate that compensation decisions will primarily be made by our new compensation committee. The following individuals served as our named executive officers in 2010: (i) Stephen E. Makarewicz, our former President and Chief Executive Officer, who retired as of the close of business on December 31, 2010, (ii) Matthias Heilmann, our Chief Operating Officer, and (iii) Terence R. Rogers, our Chief Financial Officer.

In determining the levels and mix of compensation, our Board of Directors has not generally relied on formulaic guidelines but rather sought to maintain a flexible compensation program that allowed it to adapt components and levels of compensation to motivate and reward individual executives within the context of our desire to maximize stockholder value. Subjective factors considered in compensation determinations included an executive’s skills and capabilities, contributions as a member of the executive management team, contributions to our overall performance, and whether the total compensation potential and structure was sufficient to ensure the retention of an executive when considering the compensation potential that may be available elsewhere. In making its determination, our Board of Directors has not undertaken any formal benchmarking or reviewed any formal surveys of compensation for our competitors. Our Board of Directors consulted with each of our named executive officers during the first few months of 2010 for recommendations regarding annual bonus targets and other compensation matters (including their own) and for financial analysis concerning the impact of various benefits and compensations structures. Our Board of Directors had no formal, regularly scheduled meetings to set compensation policy and instead met as circumstances required from time to time.

Our Board of Directors considered the economy and its impact on our business as the biggest factor impacting compensation decisions during 2010. Our Board of Directors weighed the conflicting goals of providing an attractive and competitive compensation package against making appropriate adjustments to our cost structure in recognition of the slow recovery of the economy. Our Board of Directors considered the impact on employee morale and potential loss of key employees versus the need to cut costs. Our Board of Directors believes that its compensation decisions in 2010 accomplished both goals.

Components of Compensation for 2010

The compensation provided to our named executive officers in 2010 consisted of the same elements generally available to our non-executive employees, including base salary, bonuses, perquisites and retirement and other benefits, each of which is described in more detail below. Additionally, our named executive officers participated in a long-term incentive program, also described in more detail below.

Base Salary

The base salary payable to each named executive officer was intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s skill set, experience, role, and responsibilities, as well as recruit well-qualified executives. In determining base salary for any particular year, our Board of Directors generally

 

76

---

Table of Contents

considered, among other factors, competitive market practice, individual performance for the prior year, the mix of fixed compensation to overall compensation, and any minimum guarantees afforded to the named executive officer pursuant to any agreement. In February of 2009, all salaries were frozen unless adjustments were merited due to promotion or special circumstances. None of the named executive officers received salary increases during 2009. Our Board of Directors considered the worsening economy, overall business performance, and the desire to cut costs and, in May of 2009, reduced salaries. The salaries of Messrs. Makarewicz, Heilmann, and Rogers were reduced by 15% and remained at that reduced level through the end of 2009. Effective January 1, 2010, our Board of Directors restored their base salaries based on several factors, including improving business performance and the desire to minimize the negative impact of the salary reduction on employee morale. Effective May 3, 2010, Mr. Heilmann and Mr. Rogers each received a 5% increase in annual base salary in recognition of their superior performance during a difficult 2009 economic climate.

Annual Bonus

The Company maintains the Ryerson Annual Incentive Plan (the “AIP”), pursuant to which our key managers (including our named executive officers) were eligible to receive a performance-based cash bonus tied to our achievement of specified financial performance targets in 2010. Each participant’s threshold and target performance measures, as well as each participant’s target award (expressed as a percentage of the participant’s base salary) were established by our Board of Directors. No cash AIP bonuses were payable unless we achieved the threshold set for the performance period. Our Board of Directors generally viewed the use of cash AIP bonuses as an effective means to compensate our named executive officers for achieving our annual financial goals and to provide meaningful returns to our primary stockholder upon a future liquidity event. The target AIP bonuses for Messrs. Makarewicz, Heilmann and Rogers were 100%, 100% and 75% of their respective base salaries for 2010. For 2010, our Board of Directors set the performance targets on March 29, 2010 and these targets were communicated to the named executive officers shortly thereafter. The target AIP bonus levels were set to reflect the relative responsibility for our performance and to appropriately allocate the total cash opportunity between base salary and incentive based compensation. For 2010, annual AIP targets were split into two six month incentive periods (January 1 through June 30 and July 1 through December 31). Performance against targets was evaluated separately for each six month period, and AIP earnings calculations for each period were not affected by performance in the other period.

For 2010, our Board of Directors determined that “economic value added” (“EVA”) should be used as the performance measure for determining the cash AIP bonus payable to our named executive officers. EVA is the amount by which (i) our 2010 earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortization, and reorganization expenses plus adjustments established by the Board, if any, exceeded (ii) a carrying cost of capital applied to certain of our assets. Our Board of Directors chose EVA as the appropriate performance measure to motivate our key executives, including the named executive officers, to maximize earnings by more effectively utilizing and managing our assets. Fifty percent (50%) of each named executive officer’s bonus opportunity for 2010 was based on the EVA during the first half of 2010 and the remaining fifty percent (50%) was based on the EVA during the second half of 2010. For the first half of 2010, threshold EVA was set at approximately $(26.5) million, target EVA was set at approximately $(2.7) million and maximum EVA was $17.9 million. For this first half of 2010, the actual EVA reached was $5.8 million, which was in excess of target EVA and resulted in a cash bonuses of approximately 140% of each individual’s target AIP percentage being paid to each of our named executive officers for the first half of 2010. The actual EVA of $5.8 million for the first half of 2010 was the amount by which (i) our earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortization, and reorganization expenses for the first half of 2010, excluding LIFO, of $93.4 million, adjusted to add back an impairment charge on fixed assets and to exclude results from mid-year acquisitions exceeded (ii) the carrying cost of capital of $87.6 million, adjusted to exclude acquisition assets, applied to certain of our assets for the first half of 2010. For the second half of 2010, the threshold EVA was set at approximately $(22.5) million, target EVA was set at approximately $5.6 million, and maximum EVA was $36.1 million. Actual EVA for the second half of 2010 was $(57.8) million, which did not reach the minimum required threshold and, therefore, no cash bonuses for the second half of 2010 were paid to our named executive officers. The actual EVA of $(57.8) million for the second

 

77

---

Table of Contents

half of 2010 was the amount by which (i) the carrying cost of capital of $95.1 million, adjusted to exclude acquisition assets, applied to certain of our assets for the second half of 2010 exceeded (ii) our earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortization, and reorganization expenses, excluding LIFO, for the second half of 2010 of $37.3 million, adjusted to include an impairment charge on fixed assets and to exclude acquisition costs. Overall, the cash bonuses paid to each of our named executive officers pursuant to the AIP in respect of service during 2010 were approximately 70% of each individual’s target AIP percentage. Total 2010 bonus amounts for each of our named executive officers are set forth below in the Summary Compensation Table in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column.

Long Term Incentive Bonus

In February of 2009, Ryerson Holding Corporation adopted the Rhombus Holding Corporation 2009 Participation Plan (the “Participation Plan”), designed to provide incentive to key employees, including our named executive officers, to maximize our performance and to provide maximum returns to our stockholders. Under the Participation Plan, participants are granted performance units, the value of which appreciate when and as the value of Ryerson Holding Corporation increases from and after the date of grant, and it is this appreciation in value which is the basis upon which incentive compensation may become payable upon the occurrence of certain qualifying events, which are described below. The Compensation Committee for the Participation Plan determines who is eligible to receive an award, the size and timing of the award, and the value of the award at the time of grant. The maximum number of performance units that may be awarded under the Participation Plan is 87,500,000. The performance units generally mature over a 44-month period of time which the Compensation Committee believes acts as an incentive for participants to remain in our employ and to strive to create value throughout the investment cycle. Subject to certain thresholds, payment on the performance units is contingent upon the occurrence of either (i) a sale of some or all of Ryerson Holding Corporation’s common stock by its stockholders, or (ii) Ryerson Holding Corporation’s payment of a cash dividend. The Participation Plan will expire February 15, 2014 and all performance units will terminate upon the expiration of the Participation Plan. Performance units are generally forfeited upon a participant’s termination of employment. No performance units were granted in 2010. We intend to require participants in our Participation Plan to waive any and all rights thereunder in connection with their receipt of any award under the stock incentive plan that we intend to adopt prior to completion of this offering and intend to terminate the Participation Plan following receipt of such waiver from each participant therein. For additional information on the stock incentive plan, see “—Stock Incentive Plan.”

Retirement Benefits

We currently sponsor both a qualified defined benefit pension plan and a nonqualified supplemental pension plan, both of which were frozen as of December 31, 1997. These plans are described in further detail below under the caption “Narrative Disclosure of the Pension Benefits Table.”

Our tax-qualified employee savings and retirement plan (“401(k) Plan”) covers certain full- and part-time employees, including our named executive officers. Under the 401(k) Plan, employees may elect to reduce their current compensation up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit and have the amount of such reduction contributed to the 401(k) Plan. We generally match contributions up to 4% of base salaries made by our employees and, from time to time, make other contributions, up to certain pre-established limits. Our Board of Directors believes that the 401(k) Plan provides an important and highly valued means for employees to save for retirement.

Our Board of Directors reviewed the basic 4% match in 2010 and concluded that it was competitive as compared to other employers. We matched 4% of the named executive officers’ contributed base salary until our match was suspended as of February 6, 2009. Effective January 22, 2010, we resumed matching up to 4% of employee contributions, including those of our named executive officers, to the 401(k) Plan. All of our named executive officers participated in the 401(k) Plan on the same basis as our other employees in 2010, except that

 

78

---

Table of Contents

the rules governing qualified plans with regard to highly compensated employees may limit our named executive officers from achieving the maximum amount of contributions under the 401(k) Plan.

We also maintain a nonqualified savings plan, which is an unfunded, nonqualified plan that allows highly compensated employees who make the maximum annual 401(k) contributions allowed by applicable law to the 401(k) Plan to make additional deferrals in excess of the statutory limits. We match up to 4% of all contributed base salary of the participants. Our Board of Directors believes that our nonqualified savings plan provides an enhanced opportunity for our eligible employees, including our named executive officers, to plan for and meet their retirement savings needs. Messrs. Makarewicz, Heilmann, and Rogers participated in this plan on the same terms as other eligible employees.

Perquisites and Other Benefits

In 2010, we provided Mr. Makarewicz with financial planning and tax preparation services.

Mr. Heilmann’s offer letter provides for 12 months housing and payments pursuant to the relocation policy which provides for payment of or reimbursement for certain expenses such as moving expenses, buying or selling a home, and tax gross-up. The Board believed that Mr. Heilmann should not suffer any adverse financial impact due to his relocation from California to Illinois.

Employment/Severance, Non-compete, and Non-solicitation Agreements

During 2010, the terms of employment for Messrs. Makarewicz and Rogers were governed by employment/severance, non-compete, confidentiality, and similar arrangements with us, pursuant to which Mr. Rogers will continue to serve as Chief Financial Officer, and pursuant to which Mr. Makarewicz served until his retirement, which set the executive’s title, base salary, target cash AIP bonus, and other compensation elements, and imposed post-termination confidentiality, non-compete, and non-solicitation obligations that apply following the termination of employment for any reason. Additionally, each employment agreement provided for severance upon a termination by us without cause or by the named executive officer for good reason.

The employment letter with Mr. Heilmann provides for base salary of $350,000 and a target AIP bonus of 100% of base salary. Additionally, the letter provides that we will provide Mr. Heilmann with temporary housing and relocation expenses in connection with his move from California to Chicago. In the event Mr. Heilmann’s employment is terminated by us for reasons other than cause, he is entitled to receive an enhanced 52 weeks of severance pay based on his weekly base pay rate and to receive medical and dental benefits pursuant to our Severance Plan. Mr. Heilmann is subject to invention assignment provisions and confidentiality provisions which run for a 3 year period following any termination of employment, as well as post-termination non-compete and non-solicitation covenants which run for a 12 month period following any termination.

Our Board of Directors believes that employment agreements with our named executive officers are valuable tools to both enhance our efforts to retain these executives and to protect our competitive and confidential information. The estimates of the value of the benefits potentially payable under these agreements upon a termination of employment, are set out below under the captions “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Changes in Compensation Components after 2010

Appointment of Mr. Arnold

On January 10, 2011, our Board of Directors elected Michael C. Arnold as our President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Arnold is entitled to an annual base salary of $750,000 per year and has a target annual bonus opportunity equal to 100% of his base salary, based on the achievement of targets established pursuant to its Annual Incentive Plan. Additionally, Mr. Arnold is eligible to receive an allocation of a number of

 

79

---

Table of Contents

performance units under the Amended and Restated Rhombus Holding Corporation 2009 Participation Plan that represents one percent (1%) of the management allocation. Mr. Arnold’s offer letter also provides that we and Mr. Arnold will work together to structure an additional incentive compensation arrangement that will entitle Mr. Arnold to an after-tax economic return of between $2.8 and $3.2 million upon the occurrence of a liquidity event.

In the event that Mr. Arnold’s employment is terminated by us without cause, he will, subject to his execution of a general release in favor of us and our affiliates, be entitled to continue to receive his base salary for the lesser of (i) fifty-two (52) weeks following such termination, and (ii) the date on which Mr. Arnold secures employment, either as an employee or independent contractor, with Platinum or any of its affiliates.

401(k) Matching Contributions

Effective January 1, 2011, the Board changed the manner and amount of Company contributions to our employees’ 401(k) accounts. We will continue to match contributions of up to 4% of base salary. We will match 50% of the contributions by employees of the 5^th and 6^th percent of base salaries. We have discontinued providing additional other contributions to our 401(k) plan that were Company funded.

Stock Incentive Plan

We intend to adopt, prior to effectiveness, a stock incentive plan that will afford more flexibility to our compensation committee by allowing grants of a wide variety of equity awards to our key employees, directors and consultants, including incentive and nonqualified stock options, shares of restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance awards and other awards that are valued by reference to, or otherwise based on, the fair market value of our common stock. This plan is designed to assist us in attracting, retaining, motivating and rewarding key employees, directors, and consultants, and promoting the creation of long-term value for our public stockholders by closely aligning the interests of the participants with those of our public stockholders.

Our compensation committee will administer the stock incentive plan and will be authorized to, among other things, designate participants, grant awards, determine the number of shares subject to awards and the terms and conditions relating to such awards, prescribe award agreements, interpret the plan, establish, amend and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the plan and to make any other determinations that it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the plan. The compensation committee may also delegate to our officers or employees, or other committees, subject to applicable law, the authority, subject to such terms as the compensation committee determines appropriate, to perform such functions, including but not limited to administrative functions, including the appointment of agents to assist in the administration of the plan. Any action of the compensation committee (or its authorized delegates) will be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including participants and their beneficiaries.

The total number of shares of our common stock that we plan to make available for issuance or delivery under the plan will be              shares, subject to adjustment in the event of any stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination, share exchange or any other similar change in our capitalization, or in connection with any extraordinary dividend declared and paid in respect of shares of our common stock. For the purpose of determining the remaining shares of common stock available for grant under the plan, to the extent that an award expires or is canceled, forfeited, settled in cash or otherwise terminated without a delivery to the participant of the full number of shares to which the award related, the undelivered shares will again be available for grant. Similarly, shares withheld in payment of the exercise price of, or taxes relating to, an award, and shares equal in number to those surrendered in payment of any exercise price or taxes relating to an award shall be deemed to constitute shares not delivered to the participant and shall be deemed to be available again for future grants of awards under the plan. In order to qualify certain awards under the plan as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, as of the first date required by Section 162(m) of the Code, no

 

80

---

Table of Contents

employee shall be eligible to be granted during any calendar year options, performance awards or stock appreciation rights covering more than the maximum number of shares of our common stock then-available for issue under the plan.

The plan provides for the grant of both incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code, and non-qualified stock options. Stock options will vest in accordance with the terms of the applicable award agreement. Options granted under the plan will expire no later than the tenth (10th) anniversary of the applicable date of grant, except that, to the extent that incentive stock options are granted to a ten percent (10%) stockholder, such options will expire after five (5) years from the date of grant. Options will have an exercise price determined by the compensation committee at the time of grant, although options intended to not be considered “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, or to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, will have an exercise price that is not less than the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The term “fair

market value” is defined as the closing price of our common stock as of any particular date on the principal national securities exchange on which our common stock is listed and traded on such date, or if our common stock is not listed on an exchange, the amount determined by our Board in good faith and in a manner consistent with Section 409A of the Code to be the fair market value.

The stock incentive plan also expressly permits the compensation committee to grant shares of restricted stock, which generally refers to shares of our common stock that are subject to vesting conditions or other lapsing or repurchase rights upon a termination of a recipient’s employment, which conditions or rights are determined by the compensation committee at the time of award, and performance awards, which may be designated as performance units that have an initial value that is set by the compensation committee at the time of grant, or as performance shares that have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Performance awards may be settled in cash, shares of our common stock or other awards (or a combination thereof). The performance objectives and other terms and conditions that must be satisfied in order for performance awards to become vested and payable are determined by the compensation committee at the time of award. Performance objectives may be described in terms of Company-wide objectives or objectives that are related to the performance of an individual participant or the participant’s employer, division, department or function within the Company or the participant’s employer. Performance objectives may be measured on an absolute or relative basis, and relative performance may be measured by comparison to a group of peer companies or to a financial market index. Performance objectives shall be limited to specific levels of, or increases in, one or more of the following: return on equity; diluted earnings per share; net earnings; total earnings; earnings growth; return on capital; working capital turnover; return on assets; earnings before interest and taxes; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization; sales; sales growth; gross margin; return on investment; increase in the fair market value per share; share price (including but not limited to growth measures and total stockholder return); operating profit; cash flow (including but not limited to operating cash flow and free cash flow); cash flow return on investment (which equals cash flow divided by total capital); inventory turns; financial return ratios; total return to shareholders; market share; earnings measures/ratios; economic value added; balance sheet measurements including but not limited to receivable turnover; internal rate of return; and expense targets. The Company may specify minimum acceptable levels of achievement below which no payment of awards will occur, and may establish formulas to determine the payment of awards if performance exceeds such minimum levels but falls short of the specified maximum levels of achievement. The compensation committee may adjust performance objectives and the related minimum acceptable level of achievement if it determines, in its discretion, that events or transactions have occurred after the applicable date of grant of a performance award that are unrelated to the performance of the Company or the participant and result in a distortion of the performance objectives or the related minimum acceptable level of achievement, including unusual or non-recurring events such as restructurings or discontinued operations, an event either not directly related to the operations of the Company or not within the reasonable control of the Company’s management or changes in applicable tax laws, regulations or accounting principles.

 

81

---

Table of Contents

The compensation committee may also grant other awards that may be denominated in, payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to or otherwise based on or related to our common stock, including restricted stock units and stock appreciation rights. Such awards will be subject to terms and conditions that are determined by the compensation committee at the time of the award.

The compensation committee may, in the event of a corporate event (as defined in the plan), provide that any outstanding awards, whether vested or unvested, be assumed or substituted, be accelerated as of the consummation of the corporate event, be cancelled as of the consummation of the corporate event and that holders of cancelled awards receive a payment in respect of such cancellation based on the amount of per-share consideration being paid in connection with the corporate event less, in the case of options and other awards subject to exercise, the applicable exercise price, or be replaced with a cash incentive program that preserves the value of replaced awards and contains identical vesting conditions.

Our Board will have the ability to amend the stock incentive plan or any awards granted thereunder at any time, provided that no amendment will be made that impairs the rights of the holder of any award. Our Board may also suspend or terminate the stock incentive plan at any time, and, unless sooner terminated, the stock incentive plan shall terminate on the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date the stock incentive plan is adopted by our Board. All awards granted under the plan will be subject to incentive compensation clawback and recoupment policies implemented by our Board from time to time.

We intend to require participants in our Participation Plan to waive any and all rights thereunder in connection with their receipt of any award under the stock incentive plan and intend to terminate the Participation Plan following receipt of such waiver from each participant therein.

Executive Compensation

The following table shows compensation of our principal executive officer, our principal financial officer, and one other executive officer.

2010 Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Position		Year				Salary ($)				Stock Awards ($)(2)				Non Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)				Change in Pension and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings ($)(3)				All other Compensation ($)(4)				Total ($)
Stephen E. Makarewicz — President and Chief Executive Officer			2010				447,724				0				315,001				100,429				102,995				966,149
			2009				404,750				0				0				94,067				30,613				529,430
			2008				399,854				0				465,000				63,958				41,493				970,305
Terence R. Rogers— Chief Financial Officer			2010				333,951				0				179,159				6,513				20,579				540,202
			2009				292,322				0				0				5,885				12,001				310,208
			2008				300,126				0				232,875				3,229				20,762				556,992
Matthias L. Heilmann— Chief Operating Officer(1)			2010				359,649				0				257,250				0				93,956				710,855
			2009				287,964				0				0				0				499,659				787,623

 

(1)	The Board elected Matthias L. Heilmann as our Chief Operating Officer on March 31, 2010 (and Chief Operating Officer of Ryerson Inc. on January 26, 2009).

(2)	The amounts shown in the “Stock Awards” column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of performance units granted in the respective year.

 

82

---

Table of Contents

(3)

Shows the aggregate change in the actuarial present value of the named executive officer’s accumulated benefit under our qualified pension plan and supplemental pension plan, from December 31, 2009 (the pension plan measurement date used for financial statement reporting purposes with respect to our audited financial statements for 2009) to December 31, 2010 (the pension plan measurement date used for financial statement reporting purposes with respect to our audited financial statements for 2010). We do not pay above-market or preferential earnings on compensation deferred under our nonqualified defined contribution plan or the nonqualified savings plan.

(4)

In 2010, we contributed to our qualified savings plan $14,046, $14,197 and $14,239 for Messrs. Makarewicz, Heilmann, and Rogers, respectively, and contributed $12,159, $3,293, and $6,340 to the non-qualified plan accounts for Messrs. Makarewicz, Heilmann, and Rogers, respectively. Also included in All Other Compensation is imputed income from personal use of a company-provided automobile lease, personal use of company-provided club memberships and company-provided financial services. Mr. Makarewicz’ other compensation also includes $54,816 for temporary housing and $17,431 as a tax-gross up. Mr. Heilmann’s other compensation also includes $48,000 in temporary housing, $23,515 in moving related expenses, and $16,161 as a tax-gross up.

GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS

 

Estimated Possible Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards

Grant Date

Threshold ($)

Target ($)

Maximum ($)

Stephen E. Makarewicz

AIP

03/29/10

225,000

450,000

900,000

Terence R. Rogers

AIP

03/29/10

127,971

255,942

511,884

Mathias Heilmann

AIP

03/29/10

183,750

367,500

735,000

 

*	AIP = Ryerson Annual Incentive Plan

Relating to Summary Compensation Table and

Grants of Plan-based Awards Table

Employment Agreements

During 2010, the terms of employment for Messrs. Makarewicz and Rogers were governed by employment agreements, pursuant to which Mr. Rogers will continue to serve as Chief Financial Officer and pursuant to which Mr. Makarewicz served until his retirement. The employment agreements set a minimum base salary and target bonus for each employee, but the compensation paid to our named executive officers exceeded the minimum amounts provided in the employment agreements. The employment agreements contained customary confidentiality and invention assignment provisions and also contained customary post-termination, non-compete and non-solicit covenants which generally would run for a 24 month period following any termination. The agreements provided that Messrs. Makarewicz and Rogers would be entitled to base salary and medical and dental coverage for a period of two years following termination provided that they did not violate the non-compete or confidentiality terms of their employment agreements. The agreements also provided they would also be entitled to a payment equal to two times the average of the last three bonuses paid.

We are a party to an employment letter with Mr. Heilmann, which provides for base salary of $350,000 and a target AIP bonus of 100% of base salary. Additionally, the letter provides Mr. Heilmann with temporary housing and relocation expenses in connection with his move from California to Illinois. Mr. Heilmann is subject to invention assignment provisions and confidentiality provisions which run for a 3 year period following any termination of employment, as well as post-termination non-compete and non-solicitation covenants which run for a 12 month period following any termination.

 

83

---

Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End 2010

There were no outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-end 2010.

Pension Benefits

 

Name		Plan Name		Number of Years Credited Service (#)(1)				Present Value of Accumulated Benefit ($)(2)
Stephen E. Makarewicz		Pension Plan			19.33				646,595
		Supplemental Pension Plan			19.33				340,486
Terence R. Rogers		Pension Plan			3.67				44,182
		Supplemental Pension Plan			3.67				0
Matthias Heilmann		Pension Plan			0				0
		Supplemental Pension Plan			0				0

 

(1)	Computed as of December 31, 2010, the same pension plan measurement date used for financial statement reporting purposes with respect to our audited financial statements for the last completed fiscal year.

(2)

The actuarial present value of the named executive officer’s accumulated benefit under the relevant plan, assuming retirement at age 65 with at least 5 years of credited service, computed as of December 31, 2010, the same pension plan measurement date used for financial statement reporting purposes with respect to our audited financial statements for the last completed fiscal year. The valuation method and material assumptions applied in quantifying the present value of the current accrued benefits under each of the pension plan and the supplemental pension plan are: the discount rate used to value the present value of accumulated benefits is 5.80%.

Narrative Disclosure of the Pension Benefits Table

We froze benefit and service accruals under both our qualified pension plan and our nonqualified supplemental pension plan, effective as of December 31, 1997 and most participants, including our named executive officers, no longer accrue any benefit under these plans.

Qualified Pension Plan

Full pension benefits are payable to eligible employees who, as of the date of separation from employment, are (i) age 65 or older with at least 5 years of vesting service, (ii) age 55 or older with at least 10 years of vesting service, or (iii) any age with at least 30 years of vesting service. Benefits may be reduced depending on age and service when an individual retires and/or chooses to have benefit payments begin. Benefits are reduced under (ii) above if voluntary retirement commences prior to the employee reaching age 62 with at least 15 years of vesting service. Benefits are not reduced if the age and service conditions under (i) or (iii) are met.

In general, benefits for salaried employees are based on two factors: (i) years of benefit service prior to the freeze date of the pension benefit, and (ii) average monthly earnings, based on the highest 36 months of earnings during the participant’s last ten years of service prior to the freeze date of the participant’s pension benefit.

Supplemental Pension Plan

The Internal Revenue Code imposes annual limits on contributions to and benefits payable from our qualified pension plan. Our nonqualified supplemental pension plan provides benefits to highly compensated employees (including our named executive officers in excess of the limits imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. The supplemental pension plan payments are normally paid on a monthly basis following retirement, along with the qualified plan monthly payments, however, the supplemental pension plan does allow payment of the

 

84

---

Table of Contents

benefits under the supplemental plan in a lump sum at retirement, in installments, or by purchase of an annuity if the plan participant is age 55 or older, has at least 5 years of service, and earned annual compensation exceeding $200,000. Mr. Heilmann does not participate in this plan.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

 

Name		Executive Contributions in Last Fiscal Year ($)				Registrant Contributions in  Last Fiscal Year ($)				Aggregate Earnings in Last  Fiscal Year ($)(1)				Aggregate Balance at Last Fiscal Year End ($)
Stephen E. Makarewicz			20,272				20,615				4,353				306,870
Terence R. Rogers			3,561				9,165				925				67,394
Matthias Heilmann			0				859				11				870

 

(1)

All account balances are deferred to a cash account which is credited with interest at the rate paid by our 401(k) savings plan’s Managed Income Portfolio Fund II fund, which in 2010 ranged from 0.12% to 0.15%, compounded monthly. The amounts reported in this column consist of interest earned on such deferred cash accounts.

Narrative Disclosure of Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

The Internal Revenue Code imposes annual limits on employee contributions to our 401(k) Plan. Our nonqualified savings plan is an unfunded, nonqualified plan that allows highly compensated employees who make the maximum annual 401(k) contributions to defer, on a pre-tax basis, amounts in excess of the limits applicable to deferrals under our 401(k) Plan. Our nonqualified savings plan allows deferred amounts to be notionally invested in the Managed Income Portfolio Fund II (or any successor fund) that is available to the participants in our 401(k) Plan.

Generally, each of our named executive officers is eligible for, and participates in, our nonqualified savings plan. Our named executive officers will be entitled to the vested balance of their respective accounts when they retire or otherwise terminate employment. Participants are generally permitted to choose whether the benefits paid following their retirement will be paid in a lump sum or installments, with all amounts to be paid by the end of the calendar year in which the employee reaches age 75. For participants terminating employment for reasons other than retirement, the account balance is payable in a lump sum by no later than 60 days after the 1-year anniversary of the termination of employment.

 

85

---

Table of Contents

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

Each of our named executive officers have entered into employment agreements, the material terms of which have been summarized above in the Narrative Disclosure Relating to the Summary Compensation Table. Upon certain terminations of employment, our named executive officers are entitled to payments of compensation and certain benefits. The table below reflects the amount of compensation and benefits payable to each named executive officer in the event of (i) termination for cause or without good reason (“voluntary termination”), (ii) termination other than for cause or with good reason (“involuntary termination”), (iii) termination by reason of an executive’s death or disability, or (iv) a change in control. The amounts shown assume that the applicable triggering event occurred on December 31, 2010, and therefore, are estimates of the amounts that would be paid to the named executive officers upon the occurrence of such triggering event.

 

Name		Reason for Termination		Cash Severance ($)				Continued Welfare Benefits ($)				Total ($)
Mr. Makarewicz		Voluntary			0				0				0
		Involuntary			1,477,614	(1)			773				1,478,387
		Death or Disability			0				0				0
		Change in Control			0				0				0
Mr. Rogers		Voluntary			0				0				0
		Involuntary			957,201	(1)			23,532				980,733
		Death or Disability			0				0				0
		Change in Control			0				0				0
Mr. Heilmann		Voluntary			0				0				0
		Involuntary			367,500	(2)			11,766				379,266
		Death or Disability			0				0				0
		Change in Control			0				0				0

 

(1)	Consists of payment of two times the base salary and two times the average of the bonus earned for the three prior years.

(2)	Consists of 52 weeks of severance pay based on Mr. Heilmann’s weekly base pay rate.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

We did not pay our current directors any compensation for serving on the Board during 2010.

 

86

---

Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Services Agreement

JT Ryerson, one of our subsidiaries, is party to a corporate advisory services agreement (the “Services Agreement”) with Platinum Advisors, an affiliate of Platinum. Under the terms of the Services Agreement, Platinum Advisors provides to JT Ryerson certain general business, management, administrative and financial advice. In consideration of these and other services, JT Ryerson pays an annual advisory fee to Platinum Advisors of no greater than $5 million. The Services Agreement will continue in effect until terminated by Platinum Advisors. In addition to the fees paid to Platinum Advisors pursuant to the Services Agreement, JT Ryerson will pay Platinum’s out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with providing management services to JT Ryerson.

In connection with this offering, Platinum Advisors and JT Ryerson intend to terminate the Services Agreement, pursuant to which JT Ryerson will pay Platinum Advisors $             million as consideration for terminating the fee payable thereunder.

Participation Plan

In February of 2009, we adopted the Rhombus Holding Corporation 2009 Participation Plan (the “Participation Plan”), pursuant to which participants are granted performance units, the value of which appreciate when and as our value increases from and after the date of grant, and it is this appreciation in value which is the basis upon which incentive compensation may become payable upon the occurrence of certain qualifying events, which are described below. On February 16, 2009, the Compensation Committee granted 13,125,000, 8,750,000, and 8,750,000 performance units to Messrs. Makarewicz, Heilmann, and Rogers, respectively. These performance units mature in four equal installments; the first installment matured on the date of grant, the second matured on October 31, 2009, the third installment matured on October 31, 2010 and the remaining installment will mature on October 31, 2011. Subject to certain thresholds, payment on the performance units is contingent upon the occurrence of either (i) a sale of some or all of our common stock by our stockholders, or (ii) our payment of a cash dividend. The Participation Plan will expire February 15, 2014 and all performance units will terminate upon the expiration of the Participation Plan. Performance units are generally forfeited upon a participant’s termination of employment. We intend to require participants in our Participation Plan to waive any and all rights thereunder in connection with their receipt of any award under the stock incentive plan that we intend to adopt prior to completion of this offering and intend to terminate the Participation Plan following receipt of such waiver from each participant therein. For additional information on the stock incentive plan, see “Executive Compensation—Stock Incentive Plan.”

Investor Rights Agreement

Ryerson Holding and Platinum are party to an investor rights agreement that provides for, among other things, demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights.

The investor rights agreement provides that Platinum may make written demands of us to require us to register the shares of our common stock owned by Platinum; provided, however that we are not obligated to effect more than two such demand registrations. In addition, Platinum has piggyback registration rights entitling them to require us to register shares of our common stock owned by them in connection with any registration statements filed by us after the completion of this offering, subject to certain exceptions. Upon the closing of this offering, we have agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to qualify for registration on Form S-3 for secondary sales. After we have qualified for the use of Form S-3, Platinum will, subject to certain exceptions, have the right to request an unlimited number of registrations on Form S-3. We will not be obligated to effect a registration unless certain pricing or timing conditions are first satisfied.

 

87

---

Table of Contents

We have agreed to indemnify Platinum against losses suffered by it in connection with any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any prospectus, offering circular, or other document delivered or made available to investors (or in any related registration statement or any amendment or supplement thereto) or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement therein not misleading, except insofar as the same may be caused by or contained in any information furnished in writing to us by Platinum for use therein.

The investor rights agreement was negotiated among management and Platinum, and we believe the investor rights agreement is on arm’s-length terms.

Dividend Payments

On April 2, 2008, Ryerson Inc. declared a cash dividend on its common stock, payable to us, in an aggregate amount of approximately $25.0 million, which proceeds were used by us to make open-market purchases of bonds of PNA Intermediate Holding Corporation, the holding company and sole stockholder of PNA Group Inc. PNA Group Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries (together, “PNA”) are a national steel service group that, at the time, was indirectly wholly owned by Platinum. Platinum subsequently sold PNA in August 2008. On August 4, 2008, PNA Intermediate Holding Corporation redeemed all of its outstanding bonds at 102% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, the payment of which resulted in a gain of approximately $6.7 million.

In July 2009, we declared cash dividends in an aggregate amount of approximately $56.5 million to our stockholders.

On January 29, 2010, we paid a cash dividend in an aggregate amount of approximately $213.8 million to our stockholders with the proceeds from the Ryerson Holding Offering.

Policies and Procedures Regarding Transactions with Related Persons

Upon consummation of the offering, our Board of Directors will have adopted written policies and procedures for transactions with related persons. As a general matter, the policy will require the audit committee to review and approve or disapprove the entry by us into certain transactions with related persons. The policy will contain transactions which are pre-approved transactions. The policy will only apply to transactions, arrangements and relationships where the aggregate amount involved could reasonably be expected to exceed $120,000 in any calendar year and in which a related person has a direct or indirect interest. A related person is: (i) any director, nominee for director or executive officer of our company; (ii) any immediate family member of a director, nominee for director or executive officer; and (iii) any person, and his or her immediate family members, or entity, including affiliates, that was a beneficial owner of 5% or more of any of our outstanding equity securities at the time the transaction occurred or existed.

The policy will provide that if advance approval of a transaction subject to the policy is not obtained, it must be promptly submitted to the committee for possible ratification, approval, amendment, termination or rescission. In reviewing any transaction, the committee will take into account, among other factors the committee deems appropriate, recommendations from senior management, whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to a third party in similar circumstances and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. Any related person transaction must be conducted at arm’s length. Any member of the audit committee who is a related person with respect to a transaction under review may not participate in the deliberations or vote on the approval or ratification of the transaction. However, such a director may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the audit committee that considers the transaction.

 

88

---

Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

99% of our issued and outstanding 5,000,000 shares of common stock is beneficially owned by Platinum. The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 31, 2010, and on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the closing of the offering, with respect to each person known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock and each person that will be a selling stockholder in this offering. None of our directors or executive officers beneficially owns any of our common stock and following the closing of this offering, no director or executive officer will beneficially own more than 1% of our common stock.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. The number of shares and percentages of beneficial ownership set forth below are based on 5,000,000 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2010, with the number of shares and percentages of beneficial ownership being determined after giving effect to the         for 1.00 stock split that we will effect prior to the closing of this offering. Except as indicated in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, upon the closing of this offering, the persons named in the table will have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock listed as beneficially owned by them. As of March 31, 2011, there were nine registered holders of our common stock. For more information regarding our principal stockholder or any of the selling stockholders and the relationship they have with us, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

		Prior to This Offering								After This Offering
										Assuming the Underwriters’ Over-Allotment Option is Not Exercised								Assuming the Underwriters’ Over-Allotment Option is Exercised in Full(5)
Beneficial Owner		Number of Shares Beneficially Owned				Percent of Shares Beneficially Owned				Number of Shares Beneficially Owned				Percent of Shares Beneficially Owned				Shares Offered Pursuant to the Underwriters’ Over-Allotment Option				Number of Shares Beneficially Owned				Percent of Shares Beneficially Owned
Platinum(1)(2)			4,950,000				99	%			4,950,000					%												%
Moelis(3)(4)			50,000				1	%			50,000					%												%

 

(1)

Consists of (i) 711,236.84 shares of common stock held by Platinum Equity Capital Partners, L.P.; (ii) 132,868.42 shares of common stock held by Platinum Equity Capital Partners-PF, L.P.; (iii) 195,394.74 shares of common stock held by Platinum Equity Capital Partners-A, L.P.; (iv) 2,211,674 shares of common stock held by Platinum Equity Capital Partners II, L.P.; (v) 358,366 shares of common stock held by Platinum Equity Capital Partners-PF II, L.P.; (vi) 350,460 shares of common stock held by Platinum Equity Capital Partners-A II, L.P.; and (vii) 990,000 shares of common stock held by Platinum Rhombus Principals, LLC. Platinum is the beneficial owner of each of the Platinum entities listed above and Tom Gores is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Platinum Equity, LLC, which, through its affiliates, manages Platinum. Mr. Gores may be deemed to share voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock of Ryerson Holding held beneficially by Platinum. Mr. Gores disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares of common stock of Ryerson Holding that are held by each of the Platinum entities listed above with respect to which Mr. Gores does not have a pecuniary interest therein. Eva M. Kalawski, Mary Ann Sigler, Jacob Kotzubei and Robert L. Archambault are directors of Ryerson Holding and each disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of common stock of Ryerson Holding that they may be deemed to beneficially own because of their affiliation with Platinum, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein.

(2)	Address is 360 North Crescent Drive, Beverly Hills, California 90210.

(3)

Consists of (i) 46,448 shares of common stock held by Moelis Capital Partners Opportunity Fund I, LP and (ii) 3,552 shares of common stock held by Moelis Capital Partners Opportunity Fund I-A, LP. Moelis & Company Holdings LLC is the beneficial owner of each of the Moelis entities listed above (together with all other affiliated investment funds, “Moelis”) and Kenneth D. Moelis is the Chief Executive Officer of Moelis

 

89

---

Table of Contents

& Company Holdings LLC, which, through controlled affiliates, manages Moelis. Mr. Moelis may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock of Ryerson Holding held beneficially by Moelis. Mr. Moelis is also a limited partner of Moelis Capital Partner Opportunity Fund I-A, LP. Mr. Moelis disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares of common stock of Ryerson Holding that are held by each of the Moelis entities listed above with respect to which Mr. Moelis does not have a pecuniary interest therein.

(4)	Address is 399 Park Avenue, 5th Floor, New York, New York 10022.

(5)	To the extent the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is not exercised in full, the shares sold by the selling stockholders will be decreased on a pro rata basis.

 

90

---

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following summary describes the material terms of our capital stock. However, you should refer to the actual terms of the capital stock contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and applicable law. We intend to amend and restate our certificate of incorporation and bylaws prior to consummation of this offering. A copy of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this prospectus is a part. The following description refers to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our authorized capital stock will consist of 100 million shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 7 million shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, that are undesignated as to series.

As of March 31, 2011, there were nine record holders of our common stock.

Common Stock

The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and are not entitled to cumulative votes with respect to the election of directors. The holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends as may be declared by our Board of Directors out of legally available funds. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets that are legally available for distribution after payment of all debts and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights of any holders of preferred stock then outstanding. The holders of common stock have no other preemptive, subscription, redemption, sinking fund or conversion rights. All outstanding shares of our common stock are fully paid and nonassessable. The shares of common stock to be issued upon completion of the offering will also be fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to, and may be negatively impacted by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock which we may designate and issue in the future.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

There will not be any shares of preferred stock outstanding upon the closing of the offering. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective simultaneously with the offering, our Board of Directors has the authority, without action by our stockholders, to designate and issue any authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to designate the rights, preferences and privileges of each series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of our common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock upon the rights of holders of our common stock until our board determines the specific rights of the holders of preferred stock. However, the effects might include, among other things, restricting dividends on the common stock, diluting the voting power of the common stock, impairing the liquidation rights of the common stock and delaying or preventing a change in control of our common stock without further action by our stockholders. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Anti-Takeover Provisions of Delaware Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Generally, an interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, in the case of affiliates or associates of the corporation, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, owned 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. The existence of this provision could have anti-takeover effects with respect to transactions not approved in advance by

 

91

---

Table of Contents

our Board of Directors, such as discouraging takeover attempts that might result in a premium over the market price of our common stock. For these purposes Platinum will not constitute “interested stockholders.”

Stockholders will not be entitled to cumulative voting in the election of directors. The authorization of undesignated preferred stock will make it possible for our Board of Directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to effect a change of control of our company. The foregoing provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the Delaware General Corporation Law may have the effect of deterring or discouraging hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control of our company.

Charter and Bylaws Anti-Takeover Provisions

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws require that any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not be effected by a consent in writing.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our Board of Directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the number of directors in each class to be as nearly equal as possible. Our classified board staggers terms of the three classes and will be implemented through one, two and three-year terms for the initial three classes, followed in each case by full three-year terms. With a classified board, only one-third of the members of our Board of Directors will be elected each year. This classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our Board of Directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws provide that the number of directors will be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by our Board of Directors, but must consist of not less than three directors. This provision will prevent stockholders from circumventing the provisions of our classified board.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the voting power of our issued and outstanding capital stock, voting together as a single class, is required for the following:

 

•

alteration, amendment or repeal of the staggered Board of Directors provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation; and

 

•

alteration, amendment or repeal of certain provisions of our amended and restated bylaws, including the provisions relating to our stockholders’ ability to call special meetings, notice provisions for stockholder business to be conducted at an annual meeting, requests for stockholder lists and corporate records, nomination and removal of directors and filling of vacancies on our Board of Directors.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for the issuance by the Board of Directors of up to 7 million shares of preferred stock, with voting power, designations, preferences and other special rights. The issuance of preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to the holders of common stock or could adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of holders of common stock. In certain circumstances, such issuance could have the effect of decreasing the market price of the common stock. Preferred stockholders could also make it more difficult for a third party to acquire our company. At the closing of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding and we currently have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Our amended and restated bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholders to bring matters before special stockholder meetings, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our Board of Directors. These procedures specify the information stockholders must include in their notice and the timeframe in which they must give us notice. At a special stockholder meeting, stockholders may only consider nominations or proposals specified in the notice of meeting. A special stockholder meeting for any purpose may only be called by our Board of Directors, our Chairman or our Chief Executive Officer, and will be called by our Chief Executive Officer at the request of the holders of a majority of our outstanding shares of capital stock.

 

92

---

Table of Contents

Our amended and restated bylaws do not give the Board of Directors the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a meeting. However, our amended and restated bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of that item of business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. These provisions may discourage or deter a potential third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

The foregoing provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws and the Delaware General Corporation Law may have the effect of deterring or discouraging hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control of the company.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will limit our directors’ and officers’ liability to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware corporate law. Specifically, our directors and officers will not be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty by a director or officer, except for liability:

 

•

for any breach of the director’s or officer’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

•

for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

•

under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

•

for any transaction from which a director or officer derives an improper personal benefit.

If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors or officers, then the liability of a director or officer of the Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

The provision regarding indemnification of our directors and officers in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will generally not limit liability under state or federal securities laws.

Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that we will, in certain situations, indemnify any person made or threatened to be made a party to a proceeding by reason of that person’s former or present official capacity with our company against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses including reasonable attorney’s fees. Any person is also entitled, subject to certain limitations, to payment or reimbursement of reasonable expenses in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding. In addition, Ryerson Inc. is party to certain indemnification agreements pursuant to which it has agreed to indemnify the employees who are party thereto.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent that, in a class action or direct suit, we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Our transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

Listing

At present, there is no established trading market for our common stock. We have applied to have our common stock listed on the NYSE under the symbol “RYI.”

 

93

---

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

Ryerson Credit Facility

General

As of March 31, 2011, we are party to the Ryerson Credit Facility, a senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility with Bank of America, N.A. that allows it to borrow up to $1.35 billion of revolving loans, including a Canadian subfacility and a letter of credit subfacility with a maximum availability of $135.0 million.

Availability under the Ryerson Credit Facility is determined by a U.S. and a Canadian borrowing base of specified percentages of Ryerson’s eligible inventories and accounts receivable, but in no event in excess of $1.35 billion. All borrowings under the Ryerson Credit Facility are subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, including absence of a default and accuracy of representations and warranties. As of March 31, 2011, Ryerson Inc. had outstanding borrowings under the Ryerson Credit Facility of $533.9 million.

Interest and Fees

Borrowings under the Ryerson Credit Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to:

 

•

in the case of borrowings in U.S. Dollars, the applicable margin plus, at Ryerson Inc.’s option, either (1) a base rate determined by reference to the prime rate of Bank of America, N.A. or (2) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for deposits in the currency of such borrowing for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs; or

 

•

in the case of borrowings in Canadian Dollars, the applicable margin plus, at Ryerson Inc.’s option, either (1) a base rate determined by reference to the Canadian base rate of Bank of America-Canada, (2) a rate determined by reference to Canadian dollar bankers’ acceptances (the “BA rate”) or (3) a Canadian prime rate.

Borrowings under the Ryerson Credit Facility are based on the base rate and Canadian prime rate borrowings plus a spread or LIBOR and BA rate plus a spread. The initial applicable margin may be reduced based on excess availability.

Ryerson Inc. is also required to pay the lenders under the Ryerson Credit Facility a commitment fee in respect of unused commitments ranging from 0.375% to 0.50% per annum based on the average usage of the Ryerson Credit Facility during a rolling three-month period. Ryerson Inc. is also required to pay customary letter of credit and agency fees.

Collateral and Guarantors

Certain of Ryerson Inc.’s existing and future domestic subsidiaries act as co-borrowers. We and our existing and future domestic subsidiaries guarantee the obligations under the Ryerson Credit Facility. The Ryerson Credit Facility is secured by a first-priority security interest in substantially all of Ryerson Holding, Ryerson Inc., and Ryerson Inc.’s current and future domestic subsidiaries’ current assets, including accounts receivable, inventory and related general intangibles and proceeds of the foregoing, and certain other assets (in each case subject to certain exceptions). In addition, one of Ryerson Inc.’s Canadian subsidiaries acts as a borrower under the Canadian subfacility. Obligations under the Canadian subfacility of the Ryerson Credit Facility are also guaranteed by, and secured by a first-priority security interest in the comparable assets of Ryerson Inc.’s Canadian subsidiaries.

 

94

---

Table of Contents

Incremental Facility Amounts

The Ryerson Credit Facility also permits Ryerson Inc. to increase the aggregate amount of such facility from time to time in minimum tranches of $100.0 million and up to a maximum aggregate amount of $400.0 million subject to certain conditions and adjustments. The existing lenders under the Ryerson Credit Facility will be entitled, but not obligated, to provide the incremental commitments.

Covenants, Representations and Other Matters

The Ryerson Credit Facility also includes negative covenants restricting or limiting Ryerson Inc.’s ability, and the ability of its subsidiaries, to, among other things:

 

•

incur, assume or permit to exist indebtedness or guarantees;

 

•

incur liens;

 

•

make loans and investments;

 

•

enter into joint ventures;

 

•

declare dividends, make payments on or redeem or repurchase capital stock;

 

•

engage in mergers, acquisitions and other business combinations;

 

•

prepay, redeem or purchase certain indebtedness, including outstanding notes;

 

•

make certain capital expenditures;

 

•

sell assets;

 

•

enter into transactions with affiliates; and

 

•

alter the business that we conduct.

These negative covenants are subject to certain baskets and exceptions.

A minimum fixed charge coverage ratio will be applicable under the Ryerson Credit Facility only if (i) less than 10% of the lesser of (A) the aggregate commitments and (B) the borrowing base under the facility were available on any business day or (ii) if less than $125.0 million under the facility were available at any time.

The Ryerson Credit Facility contains certain customary representations and warranties with respect to, among other things, the organization and qualification of the borrowers, power and authority of the borrowers to enter into the Ryerson Credit Facility, the reliability of each borrower’s financial statements, the solvent financial condition of each borrower and the compliance by each borrower with all applicable laws. A material misrepresentation of any of the representations and warranties contained in the Ryerson Credit Facility will result in an event of default and the lenders under the Ryerson Credit Facility will be entitled to various remedies, including acceleration of amounts due under the Ryerson Credit Facility and all other actions permitted to be taken by secured creditors.

The Ryerson Credit Facility contains events of default with respect to, among other things, default in the payment of principal when due or the payment of interest, fees and other amounts after a specified grace period, material misrepresentations, failure to perform certain specified covenants, certain bankruptcy events, invalidity of certain security agreements or guarantees, material judgments or the occurrence of a change of control of Ryerson. If such an event of default occurs, the lenders under the Ryerson Credit Facility will be entitled to various remedies, as described above.

Amortization and Final Maturity

There is no scheduled amortization under the Ryerson Credit Facility. The principal amount outstanding of the loans under the Ryerson Credit Facility will be due and payable in full at maturity, which occurs on the earliest of (a) March 14, 2016, (b) the date that occurs 90 days prior to the scheduled maturity date of the 2014

 

95

---

Table of Contents

notes, if the 2014 notes are then outstanding, and (c) the date that occurs 90 days prior to the scheduled maturity date of the 2015 notes, if the 2015 notes are the outstanding. If at any time the aggregate amount of outstanding loans, unreimbursed letter of credit drawings and undrawn letters of credit under the Ryerson Credit Facility exceeds the lesser of (1) the commitment amount and (2) the borrowing base, Ryerson Inc. will be required to repay outstanding loans or cash collateralize letters of credit in an aggregate amount equal to such excess, with no reduction of the commitment amount. In addition, Ryerson Inc. will be required to repay outstanding loans or cash collateralize letters of credit with the proceeds from certain assets sales, in such amount as is necessary if excess availability under the Ryerson Credit Facility is less than a predetermined amount. If excess availability under the Ryerson Credit Facility is less than such predetermined amount or certain events of default have occurred under the Ryerson Credit Facility, Ryerson Inc. will be required to repay outstanding loans and cash collateralize letters of credit with the cash we are required to deposit daily in a collection account maintained with the agent under the Ryerson Credit Facility.

Ryerson Holding Notes

General

On January 29, 2010, we completed an offering of $483 million aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Ryerson Holding Notes that generated gross proceeds of approximately $220.2 million. The Ryerson Holding Notes are not guaranteed by any of our subsidiaries and are secured by a first-priority security interest in the capital stock of Ryerson Inc. The Ryerson Holding Notes rank equally in right of payment with all of our senior debt and senior in right of payment to all of our subordinated debt. The Ryerson Holding Notes are effectively junior to our other secured debt to the extent of the collateral securing such debt (other than the capital stock of Ryerson Inc.). Because the Ryerson Holding Notes are not guaranteed by any of our subsidiaries, the notes are structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade payables) of our subsidiaries, including Ryerson Inc.

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement, Ryerson Holding agreed to file with the SEC by October 26, 2010, a registration statement with respect to an offer to exchange each of the Ryerson Holding Notes for a new issue of Ryerson Holding’s debt securities registered under the Securities Act, with terms substantially identical to those of the Ryerson Holding Notes and to consummate an exchange offer no later than February 23, 2011. Ryerson Holding completed the exchange offer on December 7, 2010. As a result of completing the exchange offer, Ryerson Holding satisfied its obligations under the registration rights agreement covering the Ryerson Holding Notes.

As of March 31, 2011, $260.7 million of the Ryerson Holding Notes remain outstanding. We intend to redeem the Ryerson Holding Notes in full, plus pay accrued and unpaid interest up to, but not including, the redemption date, with the net proceeds from this offering.

Interest

No cash interest accrues on the Ryerson Holding Notes. The Ryerson Holding Notes had an initial accreted value of $455.98 per $1,000 principal amount at maturity of the Ryerson Holding Notes. The accreted value of each Ryerson Holding Note increased from the date of issuance until October 31, 2010 at a rate of 14.50%. Thereafter the interest rate increases by 1.00% (to 15.50%) until July 31, 2011, an additional 1.00% (to 16.50%) on August 1, 2011 until April 30, 2012, and increases by an additional 0.50% (to 17.00%) on May 1, 2012 until the maturity date. Interest compounds semi-annually such that the accreted value will equal the principal amount at maturity of each note on that date.

Redemption

The Ryerson Holding Notes are redeemable, at our option, in whole or in part, at any time at specified redemption prices.

 

96

---

Table of Contents

We are required to redeem the Ryerson Holding Notes upon the receipt of net proceeds of certain qualified equity issuances, specified change of controls and/or specified receipt of dividends.

Change of Control

If we experience certain kinds of change of control, we must offer to purchase the Ryerson Holding Notes at 101% of their accreted value, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, up to but not including the purchase date.

Covenants

The indenture governing the Ryerson Holding Notes contains customary covenants that, among other things, limit, subject to certain exceptions, our ability to:

 

•

incur additional indebtedness;

 

•

pay dividends on our capital stock or repurchase our capital stock;

 

•

make certain investments or other restricted payments;

 

•

create liens or use assets as security in other transactions;

 

•

enter into sale and leaseback transactions;

 

•

merge, consolidate or transfer or dispose of substantially all of our assets; and

 

•

engage in certain transactions with affiliates.

Events of Default

Each of the following constitutes an “Event of Default” under the indenture governing the Ryerson Holding Notes:

 

•

default in the payment in respect of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Ryerson Holding Note at its maturity;

 

•

default in the payment of any interest upon any Ryerson Holding Note when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days;

 

•

failure to perform or comply with the provisions of the indenture governing the Ryerson Holding Notes relating to consolidations, mergers, conveyances, transfers or leases;

 

•

default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or agreement of ours in the indenture governing the Ryerson Holding Notes (other than a covenant or agreement a default in whose performance or whose breach is specifically discussed directly above), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof has been given to us by the trustee or to us and the trustee by the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the outstanding Ryerson Holding Notes;

 

•

a default or defaults under any bonds, debentures, notes or other evidences of debt (including the Ryerson Notes but excluding the Ryerson Holding Notes) by us, Ryerson Inc. or any restricted subsidiary having, individually or in the aggregate, a principal or similar amount outstanding of at least $10.0 million, which resulted in the acceleration of the maturity of such debt prior to its express maturity or a failure to pay at least $10.0 million of such debt when due and payable after the expiration of any applicable grace period;

 

•

the entry against us or any of our restricted subsidiaries that is a significant subsidiary of a final judgment or final judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $10.0 million, by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction, which judgments remain undischarged, unwaived, unstayed, unbonded or unsatisfied for a period of 60 consecutive days;

 

97

---

Table of Contents

•

certain events in bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization affecting us or any significant subsidiary (or any group of our restricted subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a significant subsidiary); and

 

•

unless our stock has been released from the liens in accordance with the provisions of the indenture governing the Ryerson Holding Notes, default by us in the performance of the pledge agreement effectuated in connection with the offering of the Ryerson Holding Notes, which adversely affects the enforceability, validity, perfection or priority of the liens on the our stock granted to the collateral agent for the benefit of the trustee and the holders of the Ryerson Holding Notes, the repudiation or disaffirmation by us of the material obligations under the pledge agreement effectuated in connection with the offering of the Ryerson Holding Notes or the determination in a judicial proceeding that the pledge agreement effectuated in connection with the offering of the Ryerson Holding Notes is unenforceable or invalid against us for any reason (which default, repudiation, disaffirmation or determination is not rescinded, stayed, or waived by the persons having such authority pursuant to the pledge agreement effectuated in connection with the offering of the Ryerson Holding Notes) or otherwise cured within 60 days after we receive written notice thereof specifying such occurrence from the trustee or the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding principal amount of the Ryerson Holding Notes obligations and demanding that such default be remedied.

The Ryerson Notes

General

On October 19, 2007, Ryerson completed the Ryerson Notes offerings, which were comprised of $150 million aggregate principal amount of the 2014 Notes and $425 million aggregate principal amount of the 2015 Notes. The Ryerson Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by certain of Ryerson’s existing and future subsidiaries (including those existing and future domestic subsidiaries that are co-borrowers or guarantee obligations under the Ryerson Credit Facility). The Ryerson Notes and guarantees are secured by a first-priority lien on substantially all of Ryerson and Ryerson’s guarantors’ present and future assets located in the United States (other than receivables, inventory, related general intangibles, certain other assets and proceeds thereof) including equipment, owned real property interests valued at $1 million or more, and all present and future shares of capital stock or other equity interests of each of Ryerson and Ryerson’s guarantor’s directly owned domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the present and future shares of capital stock or other equity interests, of each of Ryerson and each guarantor’s directly owned foreign restricted subsidiaries, in each case subject to certain exceptions and customary permitted liens. The Ryerson Notes and guarantees are secured on a second-priority basis by a lien on the assets that secure Ryerson’s obligations under the Ryerson Credit Facility.

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement, Ryerson agreed to file with the SEC by July 15, 2008, a registration statement with respect to an offer to exchange each of the Ryerson Notes for a new issue of debt securities registered under the Securities Act, with terms substantially identical to those of the Ryerson Notes and to consummate an exchange offer no later than November 12, 2008. Ryerson did not consummate an exchange offer by November 12, 2008 and therefore, was required to pay additional interest to the holders of the Ryerson Notes. As a result, Ryerson paid an additional approximately $0.6 million in interest to the holders of the Ryerson Notes with the interest payment on May 1, 2009. Ryerson completed the exchange offer on April 9, 2009. Upon completion of the exchange offer, Ryerson’s obligation to pay additional interest ceased.

As of March 31, 2011, $376.2 million of the 2015 Notes and $102.9 million of the 2014 Notes remained outstanding. From time to time, Ryerson has repurchased and in the future may repurchase the Ryerson Notes in the open market.

Interest

The floating rate 2014 Notes bear interest at a rate, reset quarterly, of LIBOR plus 7.375% per annum. The fixed rate 2015 Notes bear interest at a rate of 12% per annum.

 

98

---

Table of Contents

Redemption

The 2014 Notes and the 2015 Notes are redeemable by Ryerson, in whole or in part, at any time on or after November 1, 2009 and 2011, respectively, at specified redemption prices.

Change of Control

If a change of control occurs, Ryerson must offer to purchase the Ryerson Notes at 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

Covenants

The indenture governing the Ryerson Notes contains customary covenants that, among other things, limit, subject to certain exceptions, Ryerson’s ability, and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries, to:

 

•

incur additional indebtedness;

 

•

pay dividends on its capital stock or repurchase its capital stock;

 

•

make certain investments or other restricted payments;

 

•

enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates;

 

•

enter into sale and leaseback transactions;

 

•

create unrestricted subsidiaries;

 

•

take any action that will affect the security interest in the collateral;

 

•

enter into, create, incur or assume certain liens; and

 

•

sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies.

Events of Default

Each of the following constitutes an “Event of Default” under the indenture governing the Ryerson Notes:

 

•

default in the payment in respect of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Ryerson Note at its maturity;

 

•

default in the payment of any interest upon any Ryerson Note when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days;

 

•

failure to perform or comply with the provisions of the indenture governing the Ryerson Notes relating to consolidations, mergers, conveyance, transfers or leases involving Ryerson or its subsidiaries or Ryerson’s assets or the assets of its subsidiaries;

 

•

except as permitted by the indenture governing the Ryerson Notes, any guarantee of a significant subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms;

 

•

default in the performance, or breach, of any other covenant or agreement of Ryerson or any guarantor in the indenture (other than the items discussed directly above) governing the Ryerson Notes and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof has been given to Ryerson by the trustee or to Ryerson and the trustee by holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Ryerson Notes;

 

•

a default or defaults under any bonds, debentures, notes or other evidences of debt (other than the Ryerson Notes) by Ryerson or any of its restricted subsidiaries having, individually or in the aggregate, a principal or similar amount outstanding of at least $10.0 million, which resulted in the acceleration of the maturity of such debt prior to its express maturity or a failure to pay at least $10.0 million of such debt when due and payable after the expiration of any applicable grace period;

 

99

---

Table of Contents

•

the entry against Ryerson or any of its restricted subsidiaries that is a significant subsidiary of a final judgment or final judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $10.0 million, by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction, which judgments remain undischarged, unwaived, unstayed, unbonded or unsatisfied for a period of 60 consecutive days;

 

•

certain events in bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization affecting Ryerson or any of its significant subsidiaries; and

 

•

unless the collateral securing the Ryerson Notes has been released from the notes under the security documents, default by Ryerson or any of its subsidiaries in the performance of its obligations pursuant to its security documents which adversely affects the enforceability, validity, perfection or priority of the note liens on a material portion of the note collateral granted to the collateral agent for the benefit of the trustee and the holders of the Ryerson Notes, the repudiation or disaffirmation by Ryerson or any of its subsidiaries of its material obligations under the security documents or the determination in a judicial proceeding that the security documents are unenforceable or invalid against Ryerson or any of its subsidiaries party thereto for any reason with respect to a material portion of the note collateral (which default, repudiation, disaffirmation or determination is not rescinded, stayed, or waived by the persons having such authority pursuant to the security documents) or otherwise cured within 60 days after Ryerson receives written notice thereof specifying the occurrence from the trustee or holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding principal amount and demanding that such default be remedied.

2011 Notes

As of March 31, 2011, $4.1 million of the 2011 Notes remained outstanding. The 2011 Notes pay interest semi-annually and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Ryerson Procurement Corporation on a senior unsecured basis. The 2011 Notes mature on December 15, 2011.

The 2011 Notes contained covenants, substantially all of which were removed pursuant to an amendment of the 2011 Notes as a result of the tender offer to repurchase the notes during 2007.

Foreign Debt

As of March 31, 2011, Ryerson China’s total foreign borrowings were $29.9 million, $27.2 million of which was owed to banks in Asia at a weighted average interest rate of 5.1% and secured by inventory, property, plant and equipment. As of March 31, 2011, Ryerson China also owed $2.7 million to other parties at a weighted average interest rate of 1.0%. Of the total borrowings of $19.7 million outstanding as of December 31, 2010, $17.9 million was owed to banks in Asia at a weighted average interest rate of 4.3% and secured by inventory, property, plant and equipment. Ryerson China also owed $1.8 million at December 31, 2010 to other parties at a weighted average interest rate of 1.0%. Availability under the foreign credit lines was $15 million and $14 million at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. Letters of credit issued by our foreign subsidiaries totaled $8 million and $7 million at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

 

100

---

Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict what effect, if any, market sales of shares of common stock or the availability of shares of common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity or equity-related securities at a time and price that we deem appropriate. None of our common stock is subject to outstanding options or warrants to purchase, or securities convertible into, common stock of Ryerson Holding.

As of March 31, 2011, there were nine holders of record of our common stock. Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of              shares of our common stock. Of the outstanding shares, the shares sold in this offering, including any shares sold in this offering in connection with the exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option, will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, may be sold only in compliance with the limitations described below. The remaining outstanding shares of common stock that are not sold in this offering, or              shares, will be deemed “restricted securities” as that term is defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, such as under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, a person who is not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of our common stock provided current public information about us is available and, after one year, an unlimited number of shares of our common stock without restriction. Our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months are entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

•

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately              shares immediately after this offering, based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering; or

 

•

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Lock-up Agreements

In connection with this offering, we, our directors, our executive officers and all our stockholders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, with the underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC. Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC have advised us that they have no current intent or arrangement to release any of the shares subject to the lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the lock-up period. The lock-up agreements permit stockholders to transfer common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements in certain circumstances; any waiver is at the discretion of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC.

 

101

---

Table of Contents

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:

 

•

during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or

 

•

prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period,

in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event.

Taking into account the lock-up agreements described above, and assuming that Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC do not release any parties from these agreements, that there is no extension of the lock-up period, that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option, that no parties to the lock-up agreements will purchase shares, and no other individuals will purchase shares in excess of $1,000,000, in the directed share program, that no stockholders that hold the registration rights described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Investor Rights Agreement” exercise those rights and without giving effect to the terms of the lock-up provisions contained in the investor rights agreement, the following securities will be eligible for sale in the public market at the following times pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144:

 

Measurement Date		Aggregate Shares Eligible for Public Sale		Comments
On the date of this prospectus				Shares sold in this offering.
180 days after the completion of this offering				Consists of shares eligible for sale under Rule 144.
One year after the completion of this offering				Consists of shares eligible for sale under Rule 144.

Initial Public Offering Price

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between us and the representative of the underwriters. Among the factors to be considered in these negotiations are:

 

•

the history of, and prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;

 

•

our past and present financial performance;

 

•

an assessment of our management;

 

•

the present state of our development;

 

•

the prospects for our future earnings;

 

•

the prevailing conditions of the applicable U.S. securities market at the time of this offering;

 

•

market valuations of publicly traded companies that we and the representative of the underwriters believe to be comparable to us; and

 

•

other factors deemed relevant.

The estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors.

 

102

---

Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock by a “non-U.S. holder,” but is not a complete analysis of all the potential U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences relating thereto. For this purpose, you are a “non-U.S. holder” if you are, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

•

a nonresident alien individual,

 

•

a foreign corporation, or

 

•

a foreign estate or trust.

A “non-U.S. holder” does not include an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and is not otherwise a resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such an individual is urged to consult his or her own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of common stock.

If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that are considering an investment in our common stock and partners in such partnerships should consult their respective tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of common stock.

This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be relevant in light of a non-U.S. holder’s special tax status or special circumstances. U.S. expatriates, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, dealers in securities, banks or other financial institutions, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax and investors that hold common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or conversion transaction are among those categories of potential investors that may be subject to special rules not covered in this discussion. This discussion does not address any U.S. federal tax consequences other than income and estate tax consequences or any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or non-U.S. taxing jurisdiction. Furthermore, the following discussion is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, Treasury Regulations and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as in effect on the date hereof, and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Accordingly, each non-U.S. holder should consult its tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income, estate and other tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of shares of our common stock.

THIS SUMMARY IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF SECURITIES PURSUANT TO THIS OFFERING ARE ENCOURAGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AND THE APPLICATION OF OTHER FEDERAL TAX LAWS, FOREIGN, STATE AND LOCAL LAWS, AND TAX TREATIES.

Dividends

Payments on common stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a holder’s adjusted basis in the common stock (determined on a share-by-share basis), but not below zero, and then the excess, if any, will be treated as gain from the sale of common stock.

As discussed under “Dividend Policy” above, we do no currently anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. In the event that we do pay dividends, amounts paid to a non-U.S. holder of common stock which are treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes generally will be subject to U.S. withholding

 

103

---

Table of Contents

tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder generally must provide a valid Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, Form W-8BEN or other successor form certifying qualification for the reduced rate.

Dividends received by a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder are exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, a non-U.S. holder must provide a valid IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable form properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax will generally be subject to regular U.S. federal income tax as if the non-U.S. holder were a U.S. resident, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. A non-U.S. corporation receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or a lower treaty rate) on the earnings and profits attributable to its effectively connected income.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of common stock unless:

 

•

the gain is “effectively connected” with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, or

 

•

we are or have been a U.S. real property holding corporation (“USRPHC”), as defined below, at any time within the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, whichever period is shorter (the “relevant period”).

Unless an applicable treaty provides otherwise, gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to regular U.S. federal income tax as if the U.S. holder were a U.S. resident and, in the case of non-U.S. holders taxed as corporations, the branch profits tax described above may also apply.

Generally, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests, as defined in the Code and applicable regulations, equals or exceeds 50% of the aggregate fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business.

We believe that we are not, and currently do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. However, there can be no assurance that our current analysis is correct or that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we are or become a USRPHC, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if the non-U.S. holder actually or constructively held more than 5% of such regularly traded common stock at some time during the relevant period.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Information returns will be filed with the Internal Revenue Service in connection with payments of dividends and the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of common stock. You may have to comply with certification procedures to establish that you are not a U.S. person in order to avoid information reporting and backup withholding tax requirements. The certification procedures required to claim a reduced rate of withholding under a treaty generally will satisfy the certification requirements necessary to avoid the backup withholding tax as well. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to you will be allowed as a credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle you to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

Shares of common stock held (or deemed held) by an individual who is a non-U.S. holder at the time of his or her death generally will be included in such non-U.S. holder’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

 

104

---

Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC are acting as book-running managers of this offering and representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a purchase agreement among us, the selling stockholders and the underwriters, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.

 

Underwriter		Number of Shares
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
Total

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the purchase agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the purchase agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the purchase agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the purchase agreement may be terminated.

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities incurred in connection with the directed share program referred to below, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the purchase agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The representative has advised us and the selling stockholders that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us and the selling stockholders. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment option.

 

		Per Share		Without Option		With Option
Public offering price		$		$		$
Underwriting discount		$		$		$
Proceeds, before expenses, to us.		$		$		$
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders		$		$		$

 

105

---

Table of Contents

The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $4,000,000 and are payable by us and the selling stockholders.

The selling stockholders may be deemed to be underwriters within the meaning of the Securities Act.

Overallotment Option

The selling stockholders have granted an option to the underwriters to purchase up to                      additional shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this option for 30 days from the date of this prospectus solely to cover any overallotments. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the purchase agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our executive officers, our directors and all of our stockholders have agreed not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly

 

•

offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock,

 

•

sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock,

 

•

purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock,

 

•

grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock,

 

•

lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock,

 

•

request or demand that we file a registration statement related to the common stock, or

 

•

enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition. In the event that either (x) during the last 17 days of the lock-up period referred to above, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (y) prior to the expiration of the lock-up period, we announce that we will release earnings results or become aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the lock-up period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

New York Stock Exchange

We expect the shares to be approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “RYI.” In order to meet the requirements for listing on that exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell a minimum number of shares to a minimum number of beneficial owners as required by that exchange.

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations among us, the selling stockholders and the representative. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are

 

•

the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representative believes to be comparable to us,

 

106

---

Table of Contents

•

our financial information,

 

•

the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete,

 

•

an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues,

 

•

the present state of our development, and

 

•

the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the representative may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ overallotment option described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their overallotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the overallotment option. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the overallotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representative has repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representative will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

 

107

---

Table of Contents

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the shares of common stock for sale at the initial public offering price to persons who are employees, officers, directors and other parties associated with us through a directed share program. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced by the number of directed shares purchased by participants in the program. Any directed shares not purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as all other shares of common stock offered. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with the sales of the directed shares. Individuals who purchase shares in excess of $1,000,000 in the directed share program will be subject to a 25-day lock-up period, except that any of our officers or directors who purchase shares in the directed share program will remain subject to the 180-day lock-up period from the date of this prospectus, as described above.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares

In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail, Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters and/or securities dealers participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the particular underwriter or securities dealer, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of units for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the representative on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s or securities dealer’s web site and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter or securities dealer is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter or securities dealer in its capacity as underwriter or securities dealer and should not be relied upon by investors.

Other Relationships

Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, acted as lead arranger for the Ryerson Credit Facility and Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, serves as administrative agent, Canadian agent and a lender under the Ryerson Credit Facility. Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated acted as the initial purchaser of the Ryerson Notes. In connection with the Platinum Acquisition, affiliated entities of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated participated in related transactions with us.

Notice To Prospective Investors In The European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant Member State”), including each Relevant Member State that has implemented the 2010 PD Amending Directive with regard to persons to whom an offer of securities is addressed and the denomination per unit of the offer of securities (each, an “Early Implementing Member State”), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”), no offer of shares will be made to the public in that Relevant Member State (other than offers (the “Permitted Public Offers”) where a prospectus will be published in relation to the shares that has been approved by the competent

 

108

---

Table of Contents

authority in a Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive), except that with effect from and including that Relevant Implementation Date, offers of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

A.

to “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive; or

 

B.

to fewer than 100 (or, in the case of Early Implementing Member States, 150) natural or legal persons (other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representative for any such offer; or

 

C.

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares shall result in a requirement for the publication of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or of a supplement to a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person in a Relevant Member State (other than a Relevant Member State where there is a Permitted Public Offer) who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that (A) it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive, and (B) in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, the shares acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the Subscribers has been given to the offer or resale. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representative has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

The Company, the representative and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representation, acknowledgement and agreement.

For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer of any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71 EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, in the case of Early Implementing Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

 

109

---

Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

In the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

This prospectus is not a formal disclosure document and has not been, nor will be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission. It does not purport to contain all information that an investor or their professional advisers would expect to find in a prospectus or other disclosure document (as defined in the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia)) for the purposes of Part 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia) or in a product disclosure statement for the purposes of Part 7.9 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia), in either case, in relation to the securities.

The securities are not being offered in Australia to “retail clients” as defined in sections 761G and 761GA of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia). This offering is being made in Australia solely to “wholesale clients” for the purposes of section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia) and, as such, no prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document in relation to the securities has been, or will be, prepared.

This prospectus does not constitute an offer in Australia other than to wholesale clients. By submitting an application for our securities, you represent and warrant to us that you are a wholesale client for the purposes of section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia). If any recipient of this prospectus is not a wholesale client, no offer of, or invitation to apply for, our securities shall be deemed to be made to such recipient and no applications for our securities will be accepted from such recipient. Any offer to a recipient in Australia, and any agreement arising from acceptance of such offer, is personal and may only be accepted by the recipient. In addition, by applying for our securities you undertake to us that, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the securities, you will not transfer any interest in the securities to any person in Australia other than to a wholesale client.

 

110

---

Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

Our securities may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of this prospectus or any document other than (i) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (ii) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong). No advertisement, invitation or document relating to our securities may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere) which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to the securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

Our securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and our securities will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Singapore

This document has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore and in Singapore, the offer and sale of our securities is made pursuant to exemptions provided in sections 274 and 275 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (“SFA”). Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of our securities may not be circulated or distributed, nor may our securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor as defined in Section 4A of the SFA pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person as defined in section 275(2) of the SFA pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to compliance with the conditions (if any) set forth in the SFA. Moreover, this document is not a prospectus as defined in the SFA. Accordingly, statutory liability under the SFA in relation to the content of prospectuses would not apply. Prospective investors in Singapore should consider carefully whether an investment in our securities is suitable for them.

Where our securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

(a)

by a corporation (which is not an accredited investor as defined in Section 4A of the SFA) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

(b)

for a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

shares of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA, except:

 

111

---

Table of Contents

(1) to an institutional investor (for corporations under Section 274 of the SFA) or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA;

(2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or

(3) where the transfer is by operation of law.

In addition, investors in Singapore should note that the securities acquired by them are subject to resale and transfer restrictions specified under Section 276 of the SFA, and they, therefore, should seek their own legal advice before effecting any resale or transfer of their securities.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus supplement relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus supplement is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus supplement. The shares to which this prospectus supplement relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus supplement you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

LEGAL MATTERS

Our counsel, Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, New York, New York, will issue an opinion regarding the validity of our common stock offered by this prospectus. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements and schedule of Ryerson Holding as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 included in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and have been included in reliance upon their report given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

112

---

Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act relating to the shares of our common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes part of that registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules which are part of the registration statement. For further information about us and the common stock offered, see the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document to which reference is made are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance where a copy of a contract or other document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, reference is made to the copy so filed, each of those statements being qualified in all respects by the reference.

A copy of the registration statement, the exhibits and schedules thereto and any other document we file may be inspected without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC in 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from this office upon the payment of the fees prescribed by the SEC. The public may obtain information on the operation of the public reference facilities in Washington, D.C. by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Our filings with the SEC are available to the public from the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to a company with securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act. In accordance therewith, we will file proxy statements and other information with the SEC. All documents filed with the SEC are available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and website of the SEC referred to above. Ryerson Inc. maintains a website at www.ryerson.com. You may access our reports, proxy statements and other information free of charge at this website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information on such website is not incorporated by reference and is not a part of this prospectus.

 

113

---

Table of Contents

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

		Page
Ryerson Holding Corporation and Subsidiaries Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm			F-2
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008			F-3
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008			F-4
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2010 and 2009			F-5
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December  31, 2010, 2009 and 2008			F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements			F-7
Supplemental Financial Data (Unaudited)			F-38
Financial Statements Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts			F-39
All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable. The required information is shown in the Financial Statements or Notes thereto.
Ryerson Holding Corporation and Subsidiary Companies (Unaudited) Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited) — Three Months Ended March 31, 2011 and 2010			F-40
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited) — Three Months Ended March 31, 2011 and 2010			F-41
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets — March 31, 2011 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2010			F-42
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)			F-43

 

F-1

---

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Ryerson Holding Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Ryerson Holding Corporation and Subsidiary Companies (“the Company”) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the index to the consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of management of the Company. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards of the Public Company Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows, for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

Ernst & Young LLP

Chicago, Illinois

March 15, 2011 (except for Note 19 and Note 20 as to which the date is                     , 2011)

The foregoing report is in the form that will be signed upon completion of the termination of the corporate advisory services agreement and the completion of the             for 1.00 split of the common stock of Ryerson Holding Corporation as described in Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Chicago, Illinois

June 21, 2011

 

F-2

---

Table of Contents

RYERSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In millions)

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2010				2009				2008
Net sales		$	3,895.5			$	3,066.1			$	5,309.8
Cost of materials sold			3,355.7				2,610.0				4,596.9
Gross profit			539.8				456.1				712.9
Warehousing, delivery, selling, general and administrative			506.9				483.8				586.1
Restructuring and other charges			12.0				—				—
Gain on insurance settlement			(2.6	)			—				—
Gain on sale of assets			—				(3.3	)			—
Impairment charge on fixed assets			1.4				19.3				—
Pension and other postretirement benefits curtailment (gain) loss			2.0				(2.0	)			—
Operating profit (loss)			20.1				(41.7	)			126.8
Other expense:
Other income and (expense), net			(3.2	)			(10.1	)			29.2
Interest and other expense on debt			(107.5	)			(72.9	)			(109.9	)
Income (loss) before income taxes			(90.6	)			(124.7	)			46.1
Provision for income taxes			13.1				67.5				14.8
Net income (loss)			(103.7	)			(192.2	)			31.3
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest			0.3				(1.5	)			(1.2	)
Net income (loss) attributable to Ryerson Holding Corporation		$	(104.0	)		$	(190.7	)		$	32.5
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share		$	(20.80	)		$	(38.14	)		$	6.50
Unaudited pro forma-basic and diluted loss per share giving effect to the number of shares whose proceeds would be necessary to fund a termination payment to the principal stockholder in excess of earnings during the year ended December 31, 2010 assuming an initial offering price of $                per share, the mid-point of the offering range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and an assumed                  for 1.00 stock split that will occur immediately prior to the closing of the initial public offering		$

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-3

---

Table of Contents

RYERSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In millions)

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2010				2009				2008
Operating Activities:
Net income (loss)		$	(103.7	)		$	(192.2	)		$	31.3
Adjustments to reconcile net income (net loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization			38.4				36.9				37.6
Deferred income taxes			58.8				56.8				(12.8	)
Provision for allowances, claims and doubtful accounts			3.0				8.5				11.5
Restructuring and other charges			12.0				—				—
Noncash interest expense related to debt discount amortization			30.9				—				—
Gain on sale of assets			—				(3.3	)			—
Impairment charge on fixed assets			1.4				19.3				—
Pension and other postretirement benefits curtailment (gain) loss			2.0				(2.0	)			—
Gain on retirement of debt			—				(2.7	)			(18.2	)
Gain on sale of bond investment			—				—				(6.7	)
Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions:
Receivables			(137.5	)			142.4				108.5
Inventories			(170.9	)			226.9				262.4
Other assets			10.1				(1.6	)			3.7
Accounts payable			102.3				(0.5	)			(80.0	)
Accrued liabilities			(2.3	)			(38.8	)			(50.3	)
Accrued taxes payable/receivable			(6.0	)			43.2				18.8
Deferred employee benefit costs			(36.9	)			(10.0	)			(19.2	)
Other items			(0.3	)			2.0				(6.1	)
Net adjustments			(95.0	)			477.1				249.2
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities			(198.7	)			284.9				280.5
Investing Activities:
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired			(12.0	)			—				—
Decrease (increase) in restricted cash			3.9				(12.5	)			(1.7	)
Capital expenditures			(27.0	)			(22.8	)			(30.1	)
Investment in joint venture			—				—				(18.5	)
Increase in cash due to consolidation of joint venture			—				—				30.5
Loan to joint venture			—				—				(0.3	)
Proceeds from sale of joint venture interest			—				49.0				1.0
Purchase of bond investment			—				—				(24.2	)
Proceeds from sale of bond investment			—				—				30.9
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment			5.5				18.4				31.7
Other investments			(14.8	)			—				—
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities			(44.4	)			32.1				19.3
Financing Activities:
Long term debt issued			220.2				—				—
Repayment of debt			(10.6	)			(3.3	)			(71.7	)
Proceeds from credit facility borrowings			180.0				—				1,210.0
Repayment of credit facility borrowings			(180.0	)			—				(1,770.0	)
Net proceeds/(repayments) of short-term borrowings			206.0				(270.1	)			426.8
Credit facility issuance costs			—				—				(0.3	)
Long-term debt issuance costs			(5.8	)			—				(1.7	)
Purchase of subsidiary shares from noncontrolling interest			(17.5	)			—				—
Net increase (decrease) in book overdrafts			6.6				(12.5	)			9.9
Dividends paid			(213.8	)			(56.5	)			—
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities			185.1				(342.4	)			(197.0	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents			(58.0	)			(25.4	)			102.8
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents			5.6				10.0				(7.6	)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents			(52.4	)			(15.4	)			95.2
Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period			115.0				130.4				35.2
Cash and cash equivalents—end of period		$	62.6			$	115.0			$	130.4
Supplemental Disclosures
Cash paid (received) during the period for:
Interest paid to third parties		$	66.1			$	66.6			$	106.9
Income taxes, net			(46.8	)			(29.1	)			9.7

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-4

---

Table of Contents

RYERSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In millions, except shares)

 

		At December 31,
		2010				2009
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents		$	62.6			$	115.0
Restricted cash (Note 3)			15.6				19.5
Receivables less provision for allowances, claims and doubtful accounts of $8.7 in 2010 and $10.5 in 2009			497.9				357.4
Inventories (Note 4)			783.4				601.7
Prepaid expenses and other assets			57.8				42.8
Total current assets			1,417.3				1,136.4
Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation (Note 5)			479.2				477.5
Deferred income taxes (Note 18)			47.1				55.8
Other intangible assets (Note 6)			16.2				12.8
Goodwill (Note 7)			73.3				71.0
Deferred charges and other assets			20.4				22.3
Total assets		$	2,053.5			$	1,775.8
Liabilities
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable		$	287.5			$	173.7
Accrued liabilities:
Salaries, wages and commissions			43.2				36.7
Deferred income taxes (Note 18)			135.7				96.1
Interest on debt			10.0				9.5
Other accrued liabilities			39.6				26.0
Short-term debt (Note 9)			26.7				28.4
Current portion of deferred employee benefits			15.8				15.6
Total current liabilities			558.5				386.0
Long-term debt (Note 9)			1,184.6				725.8
Taxes and other credits			10.6				11.9
Deferred employee benefits (Note 10)			482.3				497.8
Total liabilities			2,236.0				1,621.5
Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)
Equity
Ryerson Holding Corporation stockholders’ equity (deficit):
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 5,000,000 shares issued at 2010 and 2009			—				—
Capital in excess of par value			224.9				443.5
Accumulated deficit			(273.4	)			(169.4	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss			(138.2	)			(136.3	)
Total Ryerson Holding Corporation stockholders’ equity (deficit)			(186.7	)			137.8
Noncontrolling interest			4.2				16.5
Total equity (deficit)			(182.5	)			154.3
Total liabilities and equity		$	2,053.5			$	1,775.8

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-5

---

Table of Contents

RYERSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(In millions, except shares in thousands)

 

		Ryerson Holding Corporation Stockholders
		Common Stock												Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
										Capital in Excess of Par Value				Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit)				Foreign Currency Translation				Benefit Plan Liabilities				Unrealized Gain on Available-For-Sale Investments				Noncontrolling Interest				Total
		Shares				Dollars				Dollars				Dollars				Dollars				Dollars				Dollars				Dollars				Dollars
Balance at January 1, 2008			5,000			$	—			$	500.0			$	(11.2	)		$	(2.6	)		$	13.0			$	—			$	—			$	499.2
Consolidation of joint venture			—				—				—				—				—				—				—				33.3				33.3
Net income			—				—				—				32.5				—				—				—				(1.2	)			31.3
Foreign currency translation			—				—				—				—				(43.0	)			—				—				(0.1	)			(43.1	)
Additional investment in joint venture			—				—				—				—				—				—				—				(13.8	)			(13.8	)
Changes in unrecognized benefit costs (net of tax benefit of $72.7)			—				—				—				—				—				(114.7	)			—				—				(114.7	)
Balance at December 31, 2008			5,000			$	—			$	500.0			$	21.3			$	(45.6	)		$	(101.7	)		$	—			$	18.2			$	392.2
Net loss			—				—				—				(190.7	)			—				—				—				(1.5	)			(192.2	)
Foreign currency translation			—				—				—				—				28.0				—				—				(0.2	)			27.8
Dividends			—				—				(56.5	)			—				—				—				—				—				(56.5	)
Changes in unrecognized benefit costs (net of tax benefit of $1.8)			—				—				—				—				—				(17.0	)			—				—				(17.0	)
Balance at December 31, 2009			5,000			$	—			$	443.5			$	(169.4	)		$	(17.6	)		$	(118.7	)		$	—			$	16.5			$	154.3
Net income (loss)			—				—				—				(104.0	)			—				—				—				0.3				(103.7	)
Foreign currency translation			—				—				—				—				11.0				—				—				0.1				11.1
Dividends			—				—				(213.8	)			—				—				—				—				—				(213.8	)
Purchase of subsidiary shares from noncontrolling interest			—				—				(4.8	)			—				—				—				—				(12.7	)			(17.5	)
Changes in unrecognized benefit costs (net of tax benefit of $0.7)			—				—				—				—				—				(18.3	)			—				—				(18.3	)
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale investment			—				—				—				—				—				—				5.4				—				5.4
Balance at December 31, 2010			5,000			$	—			$	224.9			$	(273.4	)		$	(6.6	)		$	(137.0	)		$	5.4			$	4.2			$	(182.5	)

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-6

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1: Statement of Accounting and Financial Policies

Business Description and Basis of Presentation. Ryerson Holding Corporation (“Ryerson Holding”), a Delaware corporation, is the parent company of Ryerson Inc. (“Ryerson”), a Delaware corporation. Ryerson Holding is 99% owned by affiliates of Platinum Equity, LLC (“Platinum”).

On October 19, 2007, the merger (the “Platinum Acquisition”) of Rhombus Merger Corporation (“Merger Sub”), a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Ryerson Holding, with and into Ryerson, was consummated in accordance with the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated July 24, 2007, by and among Ryerson, Ryerson Holding and Merger Sub (the “Merger Agreement”). Upon the closing of the Platinum Acquisition, Ryerson, including Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc. (“JT Ryerson”), became wholly owned direct and indirect subsidiaries of Ryerson Holding.

Ryerson conducts materials distribution operations in the United States through its wholly owned direct subsidiary JT Ryerson, in Canada through its indirect wholly owned subsidiary Ryerson Canada, Inc., a Canadian corporation (“Ryerson Canada”) and in Mexico through its indirect wholly owned subsidiary Ryerson Metals de Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V., a Mexican corporation (“Ryerson Mexico”). In addition to our North American operations, we conduct materials distribution operations in China through Ryerson China Limited (“Ryerson China”), formerly named VSC-Ryerson China Limited, a company in which we have a 100% ownership percentage subsequent to the purchase on July 12, 2010 of the remaining 20 percent interest previously owned by Van Shung Chong Holdings Limited (“VSC”) (see Note 2). We conducted material distribution operations in India through Tata Ryerson Limited, a joint venture with Tata Steel Limited, an integrated steel manufacturer in India through July 10, 2009, the date on which we sold our ownership interest to our joint venture partner (see Note 15). Unless the context indicates otherwise, Ryerson Holding, Ryerson, JT Ryerson, Ryerson Canada, Ryerson China, and Ryerson Mexico together with their subsidiaries, are collectively referred to herein as “Ryerson Holding,” “we,” “us,” “our,” or the “Company.”

Principles of Consolidation. The Company consolidates entities in which it owns or controls more than 50% of the voting shares. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Additionally, variable interest entities that do not have sufficient equity investment to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated support from other parties or whose equity investors lack the characteristics of a controlling financial interest for which the Company is the primary beneficiary are included in the consolidated financial statements. There were no such variable entities that were required to be consolidated as of December 31, 2010 or 2009.

Business Segments. Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 280, “Segment Reporting” (“ASC 280”), establishes standards for reporting information on operating segments in interim and annual financial statements. Our Chief Executive Officer, together with the Operating Committee selected by our Board of Directors, serve as our Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”). Our CODM reviews our financial information for purposes of making operational decisions and assessing financial performance. During the second quarter of 2010, a strategic decision was made by the CODM to view our business globally as metals service centers. As such, the financial information provided to the CODM to evaluate performance and allocate resources has been revised to reflect this global view as opposed to geographic regions. We have one operating and reportable segment, metal service centers, in accordance with the criteria set forth in ASC 280.

Use of Estimates. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and related notes to the financial statements. Changes in such estimates may affect amounts reported in future periods.

Reclassifications. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 2010 presentation.

 

F-7

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Equity Investments. Investments in affiliates in which the Company’s ownership is 20% to 50% are accounted for by the equity method. Equity income is reported in “Cost of materials sold” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Equity income during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 totaled zero, $0.7 million and $7.6 million, respectively.

Revenue Recognition. Revenue is recognized in accordance with FASB ASC 605, “Revenue Recognition.” Revenue is recognized upon delivery of product to customers. The timing of shipment is substantially the same as the timing of delivery to customers given the proximity of the Company’s distribution sites to its customers. Revenue is recorded net of returns, allowances, customer discounts and incentives. Sales taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are accounted for on a net (excluded from revenues) basis.

Provision for allowances, claims and doubtful accounts. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of customers and set credit limits based upon review of the customers’ current credit information and payment history. The Company monitors customer payments and maintains a provision for estimated credit losses based on historical experience and specific customer collection issues that the Company has identified. Estimation of such losses requires adjusting historical loss experience for current economic conditions and judgments about the probable effects of economic conditions on certain customers. The Company cannot guarantee that the rate of future credit losses will be similar to past experience. Provisions for allowances and claims are based upon historical rates, expected trends and estimates of potential returns, allowances, customer discounts and incentives. The Company considers all available information when assessing the adequacy of the provision for allowances, claims and doubtful accounts.

Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs. Shipping and handling fees billed to customers are classified in “Net Sales” in our Consolidated Statement of Operations. Shipping and handling costs, primarily distribution costs, are classified in “Warehousing, delivery, selling, general and administrative” expenses in our Consolidated Statement of Operations. These costs totaled $82.1 million, $73.0 million and $100.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Benefits for Retired Employees. The Company recognizes the funded status of its defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, with changes in the funded status recognized through accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, in the year in which the changes occur. The estimated cost of the Company’s defined benefit pension plan and its postretirement medical benefits are determined annually after considering information provided by consulting actuaries. Key factors used in developing estimates of these liabilities include assumptions related to discount rates, rates of return on investments, future compensation costs, healthcare cost trends, benefit payment patterns and other factors. The cost of these benefits for retirees is accrued during their term of employment. Pensions are funded primarily in accordance with the requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) of 1974 and the Pension Protection Act of 2006 into a trust established for the Ryerson Pension Plan. Costs for retired employee medical benefits are funded when claims are submitted. Certain salaried employees are covered by a defined contribution plan, for which the cost is expensed in the period earned.

Cash Equivalents. Cash equivalents reflected in the financial statements are highly liquid, short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less that are an integral part of the Company’s cash management portfolio. Checks issued in excess of funds on deposit at the bank represent “book” overdrafts and are reclassified to accounts payable. Amounts reclassified totaled $32.3 million and $25.7 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Inventory Valuation. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value. We use the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method for valuing our domestic inventories. We use the weighted-average cost and the specific cost methods for valuing our foreign inventories.

 

F-8

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Property, Plant and Equipment. Property, plant and equipment are depreciated, for financial reporting purposes, using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The provision for depreciation in all periods presented is based on the following estimated useful lives of the assets:

 

Land improvements			20 years
Buildings			45 years
Machinery and equipment			15 years
Furniture and fixtures			10 years
Transportation equipment			6 years

Expenditures for normal repairs and maintenance are charged against income in the period incurred.

Goodwill. In accordance with FASB ASC 350, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other” (“ASC 350”), goodwill is reviewed at least annually for impairment using a two-step approach. In the first step, the Company tests for impairment of goodwill by estimating the fair values of its reporting units using the present value of future cash flows approach, subject to a comparison for reasonableness to a market approach at the date of valuation. If the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any. In the second step the implied fair value of the goodwill is estimated as the fair value of the reporting unit used in the first step less the fair value of all other net tangible and intangible assets of the reporting unit. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess, not to exceed the carrying amount of the goodwill. In addition, goodwill of a reporting unit is tested for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. The Company performs its annual impairment testing during the fourth quarter and determined that there was no impairment in 2010.

Long-lived Assets and Other Intangible Assets. Long-lived assets held and used by the Company are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company estimates the future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected future cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment is recognized. Any related impairment loss is calculated based upon comparison of the fair value to the carrying value of the asset. Separate intangible assets that have finite useful lives are amortized over their useful lives. An impaired intangible asset would be written down to fair value, using the discounted cash flow method.

Deferred financing costs associated with the issuance of debt are being amortized using the effective interest method over the life of the debt.

Income Taxes. Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company follows detailed guidelines in each tax jurisdiction when reviewing tax assets recorded on the balance sheet and provides for valuation allowances when it is more likely than not that the asset will not be realized.

Earnings Per Share Data. Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing net earnings (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is computed by giving effect to all dilutive potential common shares that were outstanding during the period. Basic earnings (loss) per share excludes the dilutive effect of common stock

 

F-9

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

equivalents such as stock options and warrants, while diluted earnings (loss) per share, assuming dilution, includes such dilutive effects. Subsequent to October 19, 2007, Ryerson Holding does not have any securities or other items that are convertible into common shares, therefore basic and fully diluted EPS are the same.

Foreign Currency. The Company translates assets and liabilities of its foreign subsidiaries, where the functional currency is the local currency, into U.S. dollars at the current rate of exchange on the last day of the reporting period. Revenues and expenses are translated at the average monthly exchange rates prevailing during the year.

For foreign currency transactions, the Company translates these amounts to the Company’s functional currency at the exchange rate effective on the invoice date. If the exchange rate changes between the time of purchase and the time actual payment is made, a foreign exchange transaction gain or loss results which is included in determining net income for the period. The Company recognized a $2.7 million exchange loss, a $14.9 million exchange loss and a $2.1 million exchange gain for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. These amounts are primarily classified in “Other income and (expense), net” in our Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2010-6, “Improving Disclosures About Fair Value Measurements” (“ASU 2010-6”), which requires reporting entities to make new disclosures about recurring or nonrecurring fair-value measurements including significant transfers into and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and information on purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements on a gross basis in the reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements. ASU 2010-6 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for Level 3 reconciliation disclosures which are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2010. We adopted the requirements within ASU 2010-6 as of January 1, 2010, except for the Level 3 reconciliation disclosures which will be adopted as of January 1, 2011. The adoption did not have an impact on our financial statements.

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-28, “When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts.” This ASU updates ASC Topic 350, “Intangibles — Goodwill and Other,” to amend the criteria for performing Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts and requires performing Step 2 if qualitative factors indicate that it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. The ASU is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2010. The Company does not have any reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts as of December 31, 2010. We will adopt this guidance prospectively beginning January 1, 2011.

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-29, “Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations” to specify that if a company presents comparative financial statements, it should disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though the business combination that occurred during the current period, occurred at the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period only. This guidance is effective prospectively for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. We will adopt this guidance prospectively beginning January 1, 2011. It is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company.

Note 2: Business Combinations

On January 26, 2010, the Company acquired, through its subsidiary JT Ryerson, all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Texas Steel Processing, Inc. (“TSP”), a steel plate processor based in Houston, Texas. The acquisition is not material to our consolidated financial statements.

 

F-10

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

On October 31, 2008, Ryerson Holding purchased an additional 20% in Ryerson China from VSC. On December 31, 2008, VSC sold an additional 20% interest in Ryerson China: 10% was purchased by a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ryerson Holding and the remaining 10% was purchased by a subsidiary of Ryerson. Ryerson’s total contribution in 2008 was $7.1 million, increasing its direct ownership percentage to 50%. On July 12, 2010, we acquired VSC’s remaining 20 percent ownership in Ryerson China for $17.5 million. As a result, Ryerson China is now an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Ryerson Holding. The acquisition is not material to our consolidated financial statements.

The table below summarizes the effects of the changes in the Company’s ownership interest in Ryerson China Limited on the equity attributable to Ryerson Holding stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2010:

 

Net Loss Attributable to Ryerson Holding and Transfers to the Noncontrolling Interest		Year Ended December 31, 2010
Net loss attributable to Ryerson Holding Corporation		$	(104.0	)
Transfers to the noncontrolling interest
Decrease in Ryerson Holding’s Capital in Excess of Par Value			(4.8	)
Change in equity from net loss attributable to Ryerson Holding Corporation and transfers to noncontrolling interest		$	(108.8	)

On August 4, 2010, the Company acquired, through its subsidiary JT Ryerson, all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of SFI-Gray Steel Inc. (“SFI”), a steel plate processor based in Houston, Texas. The acquisition is not material to our consolidated financial statements.

Note 3: Restricted Cash

On October 19, 2007, prior to the Platinum Acquisition, the Company deposited $5.0 million in a trust account to fund payments arising from the Platinum Acquisition, primarily payments to the Predecessor Board of Directors. The balance in this trust account totaled $1.8 million and $1.7 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. As part of one of our note indentures, proceeds from the sale of property, plant, and equipment are deposited in a restricted cash account. Cash can be withdrawn from this restricted account upon meeting certain requirements. The balance in this account was $6.6 million and $3.0 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. In addition, Ryerson China has a restricted cash balance of $2.3 million as of December 31, 2010, which is primarily related to letters of credit that can be presented for product material purchases. At December 31, 2009, Ryerson China had a restricted cash balance of $9.9 million, which was primarily related to a structured foreign currency deposit that could not be withdrawn until its maturity date in March 2010. We also have cash restricted for purposes of covering letters of credit that can be presented for potential insurance claims, which totaled $4.9 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.

Note 4: Inventories

Inventories were classified at December 31, 2010 and 2009 as follows:

 

		At December 31,
		2010				2009
		(In millions)
In process and finished products		$	783.4			$	601.7

If current cost had been used to value inventories, such inventories would have been $20 million and $72 million lower than reported at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Approximately 86% and 85% of

 

F-11

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

inventories are accounted for under the LIFO method at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Non-LIFO inventories consist primarily of inventory at our foreign facilities using the weighted-average cost and the specific cost methods. Substantially all of our inventories consist of finished products.

During 2008, inventory quantities were reduced. This reduction resulted in a liquidation of LIFO inventory quantities carried at lower costs prevailing in prior years as compared with the cost of current year purchases. The effect of the LIFO liquidation decreased cost of materials sold during 2008 by approximately $16 million and increased net income by approximately $10 million.

Note 5: Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following at December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

		At December 31,
		2010				2009
		(In millions)
Land and land improvements		$	104.0			$	100.0
Buildings and leasehold improvements			191.9				185.1
Machinery, equipment and other			285.1				256.6
Construction in progress			2.4				3.3
Total			583.4				545.0
Less: Accumulated depreciation			(104.2	)			(67.5	)
Net property, plant and equipment		$	479.2			$	477.5

The Company recorded $1.4 million and $19.3 million of impairment charges in 2010 and 2009, respectively, related to fixed assets. The impairment charge recorded in 2010 related to certain assets held for sale in order to recognize the assets at their fair value less cost to sell in accordance with FASB ASC 360-10-35-43, “Property, Plant and Equipment – Other Presentation Matters.” Of the $19.3 million impairment charge recorded in 2009, $1.8 million related to certain assets that we determined did not have a recoverable carrying value based on the projected undiscounted cash flows and $17.5 million related to certain assets held for sale in order to recognize the assets at their fair value less cost to sell. The fair values of each property were determined based on appraisals obtained from a third party, pending sales contracts, or recent listing agreements with third party brokerage firms. In total, the Company had $14.3 million and $24.0 million of assets held for sale, classified within “Other current assets” as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Note 6: Intangible Assets

The following summarizes the components of intangible assets at December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

		At December 31, 2010												At December 31, 2009
Amortized intangible assets		Gross Carrying Amount				Accumulated Amortization				Net				Gross Carrying Amount				Accumulated Amortization				Net
		(In millions)
Customer relationships		$	16.6			$	(3.9	)		$	12.7			$	15.3			$	(2.6	)		$	12.7
Developed technology / product know-how			1.9				(0.1	)			1.8				—				—				—
Non-compete agreements			1.3				(0.3	)			1.0				0.2				(0.1	)			0.1
Trademarks			0.8				(0.1	)			0.7				—				—				—
Total intangible assets		$	20.6			$	(4.4	)		$	16.2			$	15.5			$	(2.7	)		$	12.8

Amortization expense related to intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $1.7 million, $1.3 million and $1.2 million, respectively.

 

F-12

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Other intangible assets are amortized over a period between 2 and 13 years. Estimated amortization expense related to intangible assets at December 31, 2010, for each of the years in the five year period ending December 31, 2015 and thereafter is as follows:

 

		Estimated Amortization Expense
		(In millions)
For the year ended December 31, 2011		$	2.2
For the year ended December 31, 2012			2.2
For the year ended December 31, 2013			2.2
For the year ended December 31, 2014			2.1
For the year ended December 31, 2015			1.8
For the years ended thereafter			5.7

Note 7: Goodwill

The following is a summary of changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

		Carrying Amount
		(In millions)
Balance at January 1, 2009		$	76.0
Adjustments to purchase price			(4.5	)
Changes due to foreign currency translation			(0.5	)
Balance at December 31, 2009		$	71.0
Acquisitions and adjustments to purchase price			1.9
Changes due to foreign currency translation			0.4
Balance at December 31, 2010		$	73.3

In 2010, the Company recognized $5.9 million of goodwill related to the TSP and SFI acquisitions. The goodwill balance for TSP, $3.1 million, is not deductible for income tax purposes. The goodwill balance for SFI, $2.8 million, is deductible for income tax purposes. The Company made adjustments to the purchase price of $4.0 million and $4.5 million during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

F-13

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Note 8: Restructuring and Other Charges

The following summarizes restructuring accrual activity for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:

 

		Employee Related Costs				Tenancy and Other Costs				Total Restructuring Costs
		(In millions)
Balance at January 1, 2008		$	38.8			$	3.0			$	41.8
Adjustment to plan liability			(4.1	)			(0.3	)			(4.4	)
Cash payments			(28.1	)			(1.2	)			(29.3	)
Reduction to reserve			(0.4	)			—				(0.4	)
Balance at December 31, 2008		$	6.2			$	1.5			$	7.7
Adjustment to plan liability			—				(0.3	)			(0.3	)
Cash payments			(6.1	)			(0.3	)			(6.4	)
Reclassifications			0.4				(0.4	)			—
Reduction to reserve			(0.1	)			—				(0.1	)
Balance at December 31, 2009		$	0.4			$	0.5			$	0.9
Restructuring charges			12.5				—				12.5
Cash payments			(0.6	)			(0.4	)			(1.0	)
Adjustments for pension and other post-retirement termination non-cash charges			(12.1	)			—				(12.1	)
Reclassifications			(0.1	)			0.1				—
Balance at December 31, 2010		$	0.1			$	0.2			$	0.3

2010

During 2010, the Company paid $0.7 million related to the exit plan liability recorded on October 19, 2007, as part of the Platinum Acquisition. The remaining balance of $0.2 million of tenancy and other costs related to the Platinum Acquisition exit plan liability as of December 31, 2010 is expected to be paid during 2011.

In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company recorded a $12.5 million charge related to the closure of one of its facilities. The charge consists of restructuring expenses of $0.4 million for employee-related costs, including severance for 66 employees, and additional, non-cash pensions and other post-retirement benefits costs totaling $12.1 million. Included in the non-cash pension charge is a pension curtailment loss of $2.0 million. In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company paid $0.3 million in employee costs related to this facility closure. The remaining $0.1 million balance is expected be paid in 2011. The Company expects to record additional restructuring charges of less than $1 million related to this facility closure in 2011.

2009

During 2009, the Company paid $6.4 million related to the exit plan liability recorded on October 19, 2007, as part of the Platinum Acquisition. The Company also recorded a $0.3 million reduction to the exit plan liability primarily due to lower property taxes on closed facilities than estimated in the initial restructuring plan.

 

F-14

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

2008

During 2008, the Company paid $29.3 million related to the exit plan liability recorded on October 19, 2007, as part of the Platinum Acquisition. The Company also recorded a $4.4 million reduction to the exit plan liability primarily due to 277 fewer employee terminations than anticipated in the initial restructuring plan. The reduction to the exit plan liability reduced goodwill by $2.6 million, net of tax. The Company also recorded a $0.4 million reduction to the exit plan liability in the fourth quarter of 2008 which was credited to “Warehousing, delivery, selling, general and administrative expense.”

Other Charges

In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company also recorded a charge of $1.5 million for costs related to the retirement of its former Chief Executive Officer, which is recorded within the “Restructuring and other charges” line of the consolidated statement of operations.

Note 9: Debt

Long-term debt consisted of the following at December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

		At December 31,
		2010				2009
		(In millions)
Ryerson Secured Credit Facility		$	457.3			$	250.2
12% Senior Secured Notes due 2015			376.2				376.2
Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2014			102.9				102.9
14 1/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2015			483.0				—
8 1/4% Senior Notes due 2011			4.1				4.1
Foreign debt			19.7				20.8
Total debt			1,443.2				754.2
Less:
Unamortized discount on Ryerson Holding Notes			231.9				—
Short-term credit facility borrowings			2.9				7.6
8 1/4% Senior Notes due 2011			4.1				—
Foreign debt			19.7				20.8
Total long-term debt		$	1,184.6			$	725.8

The principal payments required to be made on debt during the next five fiscal years are shown below:

 

		Amount
		(In millions)
For the year ended December 31, 2011		$	23.8
For the year ended December 31, 2012			457.3
For the year ended December 31, 2013			—
For the year ended December 31, 2014			102.9
For the year ended December 31, 2015			859.2
For the years ended thereafter			—

 

F-15

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Ryerson Credit Facility

On October 19, 2007, Merger Sub entered into a 5-year, $1.35 billion revolving credit facility agreement (as amended, the “Ryerson Credit Facility”) with a maturity date of October 18, 2012 which has since been amended to the earliest of (a) March 14, 2016, (b) the date that occurs 90 days prior to the scheduled maturity date of the Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due November 1, 2014 (“2014 Notes”), if the 2014 Notes are then outstanding and (c) the date that occurs 90 days prior to the scheduled maturity date of the 12% Senior Secured Notes due November 1, 2015 (“2015 Notes”) (together, with the 2014 Notes, the “Ryerson Notes”), if the 2015 Notes are then outstanding. At December 31, 2010, the Company had $457.3 million of outstanding borrowings, $24 million of letters of credit issued and $317 million available under the $1.35 billion Ryerson Credit Facility compared to $250.2 million of outstanding borrowings, $32 million of letters of credit issued and $268 million available at December 31, 2009. Total credit availability is limited by the amount of eligible account receivables and inventory pledged as collateral under the agreement insofar as the Company is subject to a borrowing base comprised of the aggregate of these two amounts, less applicable reserves. Eligible account receivables, at any date of determination, are comprised of the aggregate value of all accounts directly created by a borrower in the ordinary course of business arising out of the sale of goods or the rendition of services, each of which has been invoiced, with such receivables adjusted to exclude various ineligible accounts, including, among other things, those to which a borrower does not have sole and absolute title and accounts arising out of a sale to an employee, officer, director, or affiliate of the borrower. The weighted average interest rate on the borrowings under the Ryerson Credit Facility was 2.1 percent at December 31, 2010 and 2009.

Amounts outstanding under the Ryerson Credit Facility bear interest at a rate determined by reference to the base rate (Bank of America’s prime rate) or a LIBOR rate or, for the Company’s Canadian subsidiary which is a borrower, a rate determined by reference to the Canadian base rate (Bank of America-Canada Branch’s “Base Rate” for loans in U.S. Dollars in Canada) or the BA rate (average annual rate applicable to Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances) or a LIBOR rate and the Canadian prime rate (Bank of America-Canada Branch’s “Prime Rate.”). The spread over the base rate and Canadian prime rate is between 0.25% and 1.00% and the spread over the LIBOR and for the bankers’ acceptances is between 1.25% and 2.00%, depending on the amount available to be borrowed. Overdue amounts and all amounts owed during the existence of a default bear interest at 2% above the rate otherwise applicable thereto. The Company also pays commitment fees on amounts not borrowed at a rate between 0.25% and 0.35% depending on the average borrowings as a percentage of the total $1.35 billion agreement during a rolling three month period.

Borrowings under the Ryerson Credit Facility are secured by first-priority liens on all of the inventory, accounts receivable, lockbox accounts and related assets of Ryerson, subsidiary borrowers and certain other U.S. subsidiaries of Ryerson that act as guarantors.

The Ryerson Credit Facility contains covenants that, among other things, restrict Ryerson with respect to the incurrence of debt, the creation of liens, transactions with affiliates, mergers and consolidations, sales of assets and acquisitions. The Ryerson Credit Facility also requires that, if availability under such facility declines to a certain level, Ryerson maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio as of the end of each fiscal quarter.

The Ryerson Credit Facility contains events of default with respect to, among other things, default in the payment of principal when due or the payment of interest, fees and other amounts after a specified grace period, material misrepresentations, failure to perform certain specified covenants, certain bankruptcy events, the invalidity of certain security agreements or guarantees, material judgments and the occurrence of a change of control of Ryerson. If such an event of default occurs, the lenders under the Ryerson Credit Facility will be entitled to various remedies, including acceleration of amounts outstanding under the Ryerson Credit Facility and all other actions permitted to be taken by secured creditors.

 

F-16

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The lenders under the Ryerson Credit Facility have the ability to reject a borrowing request if any event, circumstance or development has occurred that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Ryerson. If Ryerson or any significant subsidiaries of the other borrowers becomes insolvent or commences bankruptcy proceedings, all amounts borrowed under the Ryerson Credit Facility will become immediately due and payable.

Proceeds from borrowings under the Ryerson Credit Facility and repayments of borrowings thereunder that are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows represent borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit agreement with original maturities greater than three months. Net proceeds (repayments) under the Ryerson Credit Facility represent borrowings under the Ryerson Credit Facility with original maturities less than three months.

Ryerson Holding Notes

On January 29, 2010, Ryerson Holding issued $483 million aggregate principal amount at maturity of 14   ¹/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2015. No cash interest accrues on the Ryerson Holding Notes. The Ryerson Holding Notes had an initial accreted value of $455.98 per $1,000 principal amount and will accrete from the date of issuance until maturity on a semi-annual basis. The accreted value of each Ryerson Holding Note increases from the date of issuance until October 31, 2010 at a rate of 14.50%. Thereafter the interest rate increases by 1% (to 15.50%) until July 31, 2011, an additional 1.00% (to 16.50%) on August 1, 2011 until April 30, 2012, and increases by an additional 0.50% (to 17.00%) on May 1, 2012 until the maturity date. Interest compounds semi-annually such that the accreted value will equal the principal amount at maturity of each note on that date. At December 31, 2010, the accreted value of the Ryerson Holding Notes was $251.1 million. The Ryerson Holding Notes are not guaranteed by any of Ryerson Holding’s subsidiaries and are secured by a first priority security interest in the capital stock of Ryerson. The Ryerson Holding Notes rank equally in right of payment with all of Ryerson Holding’s senior debt and senior in right of payment to all of Ryerson Holding’s subordinated debt. The Ryerson Holding Notes are effectively junior to Ryerson Holding’s other secured debt to the extent of the collateral securing such debt (other than the capital stock of Ryerson). Because the Ryerson Holding Notes are not guaranteed by any of Ryerson Holding’s subsidiaries, the notes are structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade payables) of Ryerson Holding’s subsidiaries, including Ryerson.

The Ryerson Holding Notes contain customary covenants that, among other things, limit, subject to certain exceptions, Ryerson Holding’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends on its capital stock or repurchase its capital stock, make certain investments or other restricted payments, create liens or use assets as security in other transactions, enter into sale and leaseback transactions, merge, consolidate or transfer or dispose of substantially all of Ryerson Holding’s assets, and engage in certain transactions with affiliates.

The Ryerson Holding Notes are redeemable, at the option of Ryerson Holding, in whole or in part, at any time at specified redemption prices. The Ryerson Holding Notes are required to be redeemed upon the receipt of net proceeds of certain qualified equity issuances, specified change of controls and/or specified receipt of dividends.

The terms of the Ryerson Notes (discussed below) restrict Ryerson from making dividends to Ryerson Holding. Subject to certain exceptions, Ryerson may only pay dividends to Ryerson Holding to the extent of 50% of future net income, once prior losses are offset. In the event Ryerson is restricted from providing Ryerson Holding with sufficient distributions to fund the retirement of the Ryerson Holding Notes at maturity, Ryerson Holding may default on the Ryerson Holding Notes unless other sources of funding are available.

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement, Ryerson Holding agreed to file with the SEC by October 26, 2010, a registration statement with respect to an offer to exchange each of the Ryerson Holding Notes for a new

 

F-17

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

issue of Ryerson Holding’s debt securities registered under the Securities Act, with terms substantially identical to those of the Ryerson Holding Notes and to consummate an exchange offer no later than February 23, 2011. Ryerson Holding completed the exchange offer on December 7, 2010. As a result of completing the exchange offer, Ryerson Holding satisfied its obligations under the registration rights agreement covering the Ryerson Holding Notes.

Ryerson Notes

On October 19, 2007, Merger Sub issued the Ryerson Notes. The 2014 Notes bear interest at a rate, reset quarterly, of LIBOR plus 7.375% per annum. The 2015 Notes bear interest at a rate of 12% per annum. The Ryerson Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by certain of Ryerson’s existing and future subsidiaries (including those existing and future domestic subsidiaries that are co-borrowers or guarantee obligations under the Ryerson Credit Facility).

At December 31, 2010, $376.2 million of the 2015 Notes and $102.9 million of the 2014 Notes remain outstanding. During 2009, $6.0 million principal amount of the 2015 Notes were repurchased for $3.3 million and retired, resulting in the recognition of a $2.7 million gain within “Other income and (expense), net” on the consolidated statement of operations. During 2008, $42.8 million principal amount of the 2015 Notes and $47.1 million principal amount of the 2014 Notes were repurchased and retired, resulting in the recognition of an $18.2 million gain within “Other income and (expense), net” on the consolidated statement of operations.

The Ryerson Notes and guarantees are secured by a first-priority lien on substantially all of Ryerson and its guarantors’ present and future assets located in the United States (other than receivables, inventory, related general intangibles, certain other assets and proceeds thereof) including equipment, owned real property interests valued at $1 million or more, and all present and future shares of capital stock or other equity interests of each of Ryerson and its guarantors’ directly owned domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the present and future shares of capital stock or other equity interests, of each of Ryerson and its guarantor’s directly owned foreign restricted subsidiaries, in each case subject to certain exceptions and customary permitted liens. The Ryerson Notes and guarantees are secured on a second-priority basis by a lien on the assets that secure Ryerson’s obligations under the Ryerson Credit Facility. The Ryerson Notes contain customary covenants that, among other things, limit, subject to certain exceptions, Ryerson’s ability, and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries, to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends on its capital stock or repurchase its capital stock, make investments, sell assets, engage in acquisitions, mergers or consolidations or create liens or use assets as security in other transactions. Subject to certain exceptions, Ryerson may only pay dividends to Ryerson Holding to the extent of 50% of future net income, once prior losses are offset.

The Ryerson Notes will be redeemable by Ryerson, in whole or in part, at any time on or after November 1, 2011 at specified redemption prices. If a change of control occurs, Ryerson must offer to purchase the Ryerson Notes at 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement, Ryerson agreed to file with the SEC by July 15, 2008 a registration statement with respect to an offer to exchange each of the notes for a new issue of our debt securities registered under the Securities Act, with terms substantially identical to those of the Ryerson Notes and to consummate an exchange offer no later than November 12, 2008. Ryerson did not consummate an exchange offer by November 12, 2008 and therefore, was required to pay additional interest to the holders of the Ryerson Notes. As a result, Ryerson paid an additional approximately $0.6 million in interest to the holders of the Ryerson Notes with the interest payment on May 1, 2009. Ryerson completed the exchange offer on April 9, 2009. Upon completion of the exchange offer, Ryerson’s obligation to pay additional interest ceased.

 

F-18

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

$150 Million 8 ¹/4% Senior Notes due 2011

As a result of the Platinum Acquisition, $145.9 million principal of the 8 ¹/4% Senior Notes due 2011 (“2011 Notes”) were repurchased between October 20, 2007 and December 31, 2007 with $4.1 million outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009. The 2011 Notes pay interest semi-annually and mature on December 15, 2011.

The 2011 Notes contained covenants, substantially all of which were removed pursuant to an amendment of the 2011 Notes as a result of the tender offer to repurchase the notes upon the Platinum Acquisition.

Foreign Debt

At December 31, 2010, Ryerson China’s total foreign borrowings were $19.7 million, of which, $17.9 million was owed to banks in Asia at a weighted average interest rate of 4.3% secured by inventory and property, plant and equipment. Ryerson China also owed $1.8 million at December 31, 2010 to other parties at a weighted average interest rate of 1.0%. Of the total borrowings of $20.8 million outstanding at December 31, 2009, $12.6 million was owed to banks in Asia at a weighted average interest rate of 2.2% secured by inventory and property, plant and equipment. Ryerson China also owed $8.2 million at December 31, 2009 to VSC at a weighted average interest rate of 1.8%. Availability under the foreign credit lines was $14 million and $8 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Letters of credit issued by our foreign subsidiaries totaled $7 million and $12 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Note 10: Employee Benefits

The Company accounts for its pension and postretirement plans in accordance with FASB ASC 715, “Compensation – Retirement Benefits” (“ASC 715”). In addition to requirements for an employer to recognize in its consolidated balance sheet an asset for a plan’s overfunded status or a liability for a plan’s underfunded status and to recognize changes in the funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan in the year in which the changes occur, ASC 715 requires an employer to measure a plan’s assets and its obligations that determine its funded status as of the end of the employer’s fiscal year.

Prior to January 1, 1998, the Company’s non-contributory defined benefit pension plan covered certain employees, retirees and their beneficiaries. Benefits provided to participants of the plan were based on pay and years of service for salaried employees and years of service and a fixed rate or a rate determined by job grade for all wage employees, including employees under collective bargaining agreements.

Effective January 1, 1998, the Company froze the benefits accrued under its defined benefit pension plan for certain salaried employees and instituted a defined contribution plan. Effective March 31, 2000, benefits for certain salaried employees of J. M. Tull Metals Company and AFCO Metals, subsidiaries that were merged into JT Ryerson, were similarly frozen, with the employees becoming participants in the Company’s defined contribution plan. Salaried employees who vested in their benefits accrued under the defined benefit plan at December 31, 1997 and March 31, 2000, are entitled to those benefits upon retirement. Certain transition rules have been established for those salaried employees meeting specified age and service requirements. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, expense recognized for its defined contribution plans was $8.6 million, $4.2 million and $9.7 million, respectively. The Company temporarily froze company matching 401(k) contributions beginning in February 2009 through January 22, 2010, resulting in the decrease in expense in 2009 as compared to 2010 and 2008. Effective January 22, 2010, the Company resumed matching 401(k) contributions.

In February and December 2009, the Company amended the terms of two of our Canadian post-retirement medical and life insurance plans which effectively eliminated benefits to a group of employees unless these

 

F-19

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

individuals agreed to retire by October 1, 2010. These actions meet the definition of a curtailment under FASB ASC 715-30-15 and resulted in a curtailment gain of $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.

In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company announced the closure of one of its facilities, which significantly reduced the expected years of future service of active accruing participants in the Company’s defined benefit pension plan. As a result, the Company recorded a pension curtailment loss of $2.0 million in 2010.

The Company has other deferred employee benefit plans, including supplemental pension plans, the liability for which totaled $16.1 million and $15.7 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Summary of Assumptions and Activity

The tables included below provide reconciliations of benefit obligations and fair value of plan assets of the Company plans as well as the funded status and components of net periodic benefit costs for each period related to each plan. The Company uses a December 31 measurement date to determine the pension and other postretirement benefit information. For the year 2010, the Company had an additional measurement date of November 18 for our U.S. pension plan due to the announced closure of one of its facilities as discussed above. The assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at the end of the periods and net periodic benefit costs for the Pension Benefits for U.S. plans were as follows:

 

		November 18 to December 31, 2010				January 1 to November 17, 2010				Year Ended December 31, 2009				Year Ended December 31, 2008
Discount rate for calculating obligations			5.35	%			N/A				5.80	%			6.30	%
Discount rate for calculating net periodic benefit cost			5.40				5.80	%			6.30				6.50
Expected rate of return on plan assets			8.75				8.75				8.75				8.75
Rate of compensation increase			3.00				4.00				4.00				4.00

The expected rate of return on U.S. plan assets is 8.75% for 2011.

The assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at the end of the periods and net periodic benefit costs for the Other Postretirement Benefits, primarily health care, for U.S. plans were as follows:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2010				2009				2008
Discount rate for calculating obligations			5.25	%			5.70	%			6.30	%
Discount rate for calculating net periodic benefit cost			5.70				6.30				6.40
Rate of compensation increase – benefit obligations			3.00				4.00				4.00
Rate of compensation increase – net period benefit cost			4.00				4.00				4.00

The assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at the end of the periods and net periodic benefit costs for the Pension Benefits for Canadian plans were as follows:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2010				2009				2008
Discount rate for calculating obligations			5.25	%			5.75	%			7.50	%
Discount rate for calculating net periodic benefit cost			5.75				7.50				5.50
Expected rate of return on plan assets			7.00				7.00				7.00
Rate of compensation increase			3.50				3.50				3.50

 

F-20

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The expected rate of return on Canadian plan assets is 7.00% for 2011.

The assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at the end of the periods and net periodic benefit costs for the Other Postretirement Benefits, primarily healthcare, for Canadian plans were as follows:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2010				2009				2008
Discount rate for calculating obligations			5.25	%			5.75	%			7.50	%
Discount rate for calculating net periodic benefit cost			5.75				7.50				5.50
Rate of compensation increase			3.50				3.50				3.50

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		Pension Benefits								Other Benefits
		2010				2009				2010				2009
		(In millions)
Change in Benefit Obligation
Benefit obligation at beginning of period		$	769			$	726			$	174			$	194
Service cost			3				2				1				2
Interest cost			43				44				10				12
Plan amendments			—				2				—				(1	)
Actuarial (gain) loss			37				37				(1	)			(22	)
Special termination benefits			7				—				3				—
Curtailment (gain) loss			2				—				—				(2	)
Effect of changes in exchange rates			3				7				1				2
Benefits paid (net of participant contributions and Medicare subsidy)			(49	)			(49	)			(12	)			(11	)
Benefit obligation at end of period		$	815			$	769			$	176			$	174
Accumulated benefit obligation at end of period		$	810			$	765				N/A				N/A
Change in Plan Assets
Plan assets at fair value at beginning of period		$	446			$	430			$	—			$	—
Actual return on plan assets			63				51				—				—
Employer contributions			47				8				14				12
Effect of changes in exchange rates			2				6				—				—
Benefits paid (net of participant contributions)			(49	)			(49	)			(14	)			(12	)
Plan assets at fair value at end of period		$	509			$	446			$	—			$	—
Reconciliation of Amount Recognized
Funded status		$	(306	)		$	(323	)		$	(176	)		$	(174	)
Amounts recognized in balance sheet consist of:
Current liabilities		$	—			$	—			$	(15	)		$	(14	)
Noncurrent liabilities			(306	)			(323	)			(161	)			(160	)
Net benefit liability at the end of the period		$	(306	)		$	(323	)		$	(176	)		$	(174	)

Canadian benefit obligations represented $55 million and $49 million of the Company’s total Pension Benefits obligations at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Canadian plan assets represented $51 million and $46 million of the Company’s total plan assets at fair value at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. In addition, Canadian benefit obligations represented $17 million and $15 million of the Company’s total Other Benefits obligation at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

F-21

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2010 and 2009 consist of the following:

 

		At December 31,
		Pension Benefits								Other Benefits
		2010				2009				2010				2009
		(In millions)
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), pre–tax, consists of
Net actuarial (gain) loss		$	264			$	249			$	(63	)		$	(67	)
Prior service cost			2				2				—				1
Total		$	266			$	251			$	(63	)		$	(66	)

Net actuarial losses of $6.0 million and prior service costs of $0.2 million for pension benefits and net actuarial gains of $4.7 million for other postretirement benefits are expected to be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year.

Amounts recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 consist of the following:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		Pension Benefits								Other Benefits
		2010				2009				2010				2009
		(In millions)
Amounts recognized in other comprehensive income (loss), pre–tax, consists of
Net actuarial loss (gain)		$	21			$	35			$	(1	)		$	(22	)
Amortization of net actuarial loss (gain)			(6	)			—				5				3
Prior service cost (credit)			—				2				—				(1	)
Total recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)		$	15			$	37			$	4			$	(20	)

For measurement purposes for U.S. plans at December 31, 2010, the annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was 8.5 percent for all participants, grading down to 5 percent in 2017, the level at which it is expected to remain. For measurement purposes for U.S. plans at December 31, 2009, the annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was 9 percent for all participants, grading down to 5 percent in 2017, the level at which it is expected to remain. For measurement purposes for U.S. plans at December 31, 2008, the annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was 8.5 percent for participants less than 65 years old and 9 percent for participants greater than 65 years old in 2008, grading down to 5 percent in 2015, the level at which it is expected to remain. For measurement purposes for Canadian plans at December 31, 2010, the annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was 12 percent per annum, grading down to 5 percent in 2023, the level at which it is expected to remain. For measurement purposes for Canadian plans at December 31, 2009, the annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was 12 percent per annum, grading down to 5 percent in 2023, the level at which it is expected to remain. For measurement purposes for Canadian plans at December 31, 2008, the annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits for the Company’s salaried plan was 10 percent per annum, grading down to 6 percent in 2012, and 12 percent per annum, grading down to 6 percent in 2014 for the Company’s bargaining plan, the level at which it is expected to remain.

 

F-22

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The components of the Company’s net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		Pension Benefits												Other Benefits
		2010				2009				2008				2010				2009				2008
		(In millions)
Components of net periodic benefit cost
Service cost		$	3			$	2			$	3			$	1			$	2			$	3
Interest cost			43				45				45				10				12				13
Expected return on assets			(46	)			(49	)			(52	)			—				—				—
Recognized actuarial loss (gain)			6				—				—				(4	)			(3	)			—
Special termination benefits			7				—				—				3				—				—
Curtailment loss (gain)			2				—				—				—				(2	)			—
Net periodic benefit cost (credit)		$	15			$	(2	)		$	(4	)		$	10			$	9			$	16

The assumed health care cost trend rate has an effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. For purposes of determining net periodic benefit cost for U.S plans, the annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was 9 percent for all participants for the year ended December 31, 2010, grading down to 5 percent in 2017. For purposes of determining net periodic benefit cost for Canadian plans, the annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was 12 percent for the year ended December 31, 2010, grading down to 5 percent in 2023. A one-percentage-point change in the assumed health care cost trend rate would have the following effects:

 

		1% increase				1% decrease
		(In millions)
Effect on service cost plus interest cost		$	0.7			$	(0.5	)
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation			9.0				(7.4	)

Pension Trust Assets

The expected long-term rate of return on pension trust assets is 7.00% to 8.75% based on the historical investment returns of the trust, the forecasted returns of the asset classes and a survey of comparable pension plan sponsors.

The Company’s pension trust weighted-average asset allocations at December 31, 2010 and 2009, by asset category are as follows:

 

		Trust Assets at December 31,
		2010				2009
Equity securities			63.1	%			64.0	%
Debt securities			26.8				26.6
Real Estate			0.7				4.8
Other			9.4				4.6
Total			100.0	%			100.0	%

The Board of Directors of Ryerson has general supervisory authority over the Pension Trust Fund and approves the investment policies and plan asset target allocation. An internal management committee provides

 

F-23

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

on-going oversight of plan assets in accordance with the approved policies and asset allocation ranges and has the authority to appoint and dismiss investment managers. The investment policy objectives are to maximize long-term return from a diversified pool of assets while minimizing the risk of large losses, and to maintain adequate liquidity to permit timely payment of all benefits. The policies include diversification requirements and restrictions on concentration in any one single issuer or asset class. The currently approved asset investment classes are cash; fixed income; domestic equities; international equities; real estate; private equities and hedge funds of funds. Company management allocates the plan assets among the approved investment classes and provides appropriate directions to the investment managers pursuant to such allocations. The approved target ranges and allocations as of the December 31, 2010 and 2009 measurement dates were as follows:

 

		Range				Target
Equity securities			30-85	%			73	%
Debt securities			5-50				13
Real Estate			0-15				9
Other			0-15				5
Total							100	%

The fair value of Ryerson’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2010 by asset category are as follows. See Note 17 for the definitions of Level 1, 2, and 3 fair value measurements.

 

		Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2010
Asset Category		Total				Level 1				Level 2				Level 3
		(In millions)
Cash		$	10.4			$	10.4			$	—			$	—
Equity securities:
US large cap			167.6				167.6				—				—
US small/mid cap			42.0				42.0				—				—
Canadian large cap			14.7				14.7				—				—
Canadian small cap			1.2				1.2				—				—
Other international companies			75.9				75.9				—				—
Emerging market companies			19.5				19.5				—				—
Fixed income securities:
U.S. Treasuries			19.0				19.0				—				—
Investment grade debt			60.3				60.3				—				—
Non-investment grade debt			25.0				25.0				—				—
Municipality / non-corporate debt			0.1				0.1				—				—
Emerging market debt			10.1				10.1				—				—
Asset backed debt			2.6				2.6				—				—
Agency non-mortgage debt			1.2				1.2				—				—
Agency mortgage debt			9.7				9.7				—				—
Mortgage-backed securities			7.6				7.6				—				—
Sub-prime securities			0.7				0.7				—				—
Other types of investments:
Multi-strategy funds			6.0				—				—				6.0
Private equity funds			31.5				—				—				31.5
Real estate			3.8				—				—				3.8
Total		$	508.9			$	467.6			$	—			$	41.3

 

F-24

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The fair value of Ryerson’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2009 by asset category are as follows:

 

		Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2009
Asset Category		Total				Level 1				Level 2				Level 3
		(In millions)
Cash		$	1.3			$	1.3			$	—			$	—
Equity securities:
US large cap			131.8				131.8				—				—
US small/mid cap			39.7				39.7				—				—
Canadian large cap			12.9				12.9				—				—
Canadian small cap			1.1				1.1				—				—
Other international companies			66.0				66.0				—				—
Emerging market companies			4.0				4.0				—				—
Fixed income securities:
U.S. Treasuries			16.5				16.5				—				—
Investment grade debt			47.3				47.3				—				—
Non-investment grade debt			23.8				23.8				—				—
Municipality / non-corporate debt			0.1				0.1				—				—
Emerging market debt			11.6				11.6				—				—
Asset backed debt			1.8				1.8				—				—
Agency non-mortgage debt			1.0				1.0				—				—
Agency mortgage debt			9.2				9.2				—				—
Mortgage-backed securities			6.7				6.7				—				—
Sub-prime securities			0.8				0.8				—				—
Other types of investments:
Multi-strategy funds			19.2				—				—				19.2
Private equity funds			29.8				—				—				29.8
Real estate			21.4				—				—				21.4
Total		$	446.0			$	375.6			$	—			$	70.4

 

		Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
		Multi-Strategy Hedge Funds				Private Equity Funds				Real Estate				Total
		(In millions)
Beginning balance at January 1, 2009		$	19.0			$	29.1			$	39.8			$	87.9
Actual return on plan assets:
Relating to assets still held at the reporting date			0.2				0.7				(18.4	)			(17.5	)
Ending balance at December 31, 2009		$	19.2			$	29.8			$	21.4			$	70.4
Actual return on plan assets:
Relating to assets still held at the reporting date			0.2				2.4				0.7				3.3
Relating to assets sold during the period			0.7				0.9				3.7				5.3
Purchases, sales, and settlements			(14.1	)			(1.6	)			(22.0	)			(37.7	)
Ending balance at December 31, 2010		$	6.0			$	31.5			$	3.8			$	41.3

Securities listed on one or more national securities exchanges are valued at their last reported sales price on the date of valuation. If no sale occurred on the valuation date, the security is valued at the mean of the last “bid” and “ask” prices on the valuation date.

 

F-25

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Corporate and government bonds which are not listed or admitted to trading on any securities exchanges are valued at the average mean of the last bid and ask prices on the valuation date based on quotations supplied by recognized quotation services or by reputable broker dealers.

The non-publicly traded securities, other securities or instruments for which reliable market quotations are not available are valued at each investment manager’s discretion. Valuations will depend on facts and circumstances known as of the valuation date and application of certain valuation methods.

Contributions

The Company contributed $46.6 million, $7.5 million and $16.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively to improve the funded status of the plans. The Company anticipates that it will have a minimum required pension contribution funding of approximately $44 million in 2011.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

 

		Pension Benefits				Other Benefits
		(In millions)
2011		$	53.0			$	16.1
2012			54.6				15.8
2013			54.6				15.5
2014			55.0				15.2
2015			55.4				14.9
2016-2020			282.0				71.0

Note 11: Commitments and Contingencies

Lease Obligations & Other

The Company leases buildings and equipment under noncancellable operating leases expiring in various years through 2025. Future minimum rental commitments are estimated to total $96.8 million, including approximately $19.9 million in 2011, $15.3 million in 2012, $12.0 million in 2013, $9.3 million in 2014, $7.2 million in 2015 and $33.1 million thereafter.

Rental expense under operating leases totaled $25.6 million, $25.4 million and $30.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

To fulfill contractual requirements for certain customers in 2010, the Company has entered into certain fixed-price noncancellable contractual obligations. These purchase obligations which will all be paid in 2011 aggregated to $35.4 million at December 31, 2010.

Concentrations of Various Risks

The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash, accounts receivable, derivative instruments, accounts payable, and notes payable. In the case of cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable, the carrying amount on the balance sheet approximates the fair values due to the short-term nature of these instruments. The derivative instruments are marked to market each period. Based on borrowing rates available to the Company for loans with similar terms, the carrying value of notes payable approximates the fair values.

The Company’s financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of derivative financial instruments and trade accounts receivable. Our derivative financial instruments are contracts placed with major financial institutions. Credit is generally extended to customers based upon an evaluation of each customer’s financial condition, with terms consistent in the industry and no collateral required. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade accounts receivable are limited due to the large number of customers and their dispersion across geographic areas.

The Company has signed supply agreements with certain vendors which may obligate the Company to make cash deposits based on the spot price of aluminum at the end of each month. These cash deposits offset amounts

 

F-26

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

payable to the vendor when inventory is received. We made no cash deposits for the year ended December 31, 2010. We have no exposure at December 31, 2010.

Approximately 17% of our total labor force is covered by collective bargaining agreements. There are collective bargaining agreements that will expire in fiscal 2011, which cover approximately 7% of our total labor force. We believe that our overall relationship with our employees is good.

Litigation

During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company received $2.6 million related to the settlement of an insurance claim. Based on a 2003 agreement between Ispat International N.V. and Ispat Inland, Inc. (collectively, “Ispat”) and Ryerson, Ryerson assigned its environmental insurance policy issued by Kemper Environmental Ltd (“Kemper”) to Ispat and Ispat agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to pursue certain claims against Kemper. Ryerson received a letter from ArcelorMittal, the successor in interest by merger to Ispat, in 2010 stating it had reached a settlement with Kemper Environmental Ltd. relating to a 2005 claim and that Ryerson would receive $2.6 million as its agreed upon share of the settlement. The Company received the $2.6 million in 2010 and in accordance with ASC 450-30, the Company recognized the gain upon its realization.

From time to time, we are named as a defendant in legal actions incidental to our ordinary course of business. We do not believe that the resolution of these claims will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. We maintain liability insurance coverage to assist in protecting our assets from losses arising from or related to activities associated with business operations.

On April 22, 2002, Champagne Metals, an Oklahoma metals service center that processes and sells aluminum products, sued us and six other metals service centers in the United States District Court for the Western District of Oklahoma. Champagne Metals alleged a conspiracy among the defendants to induce or coerce aluminum suppliers to refuse to designate it as a distributor in violation of federal and state antitrust laws and tortious interference with business and contractual relations. The complaint sought damages with the exact amount to be determined at trial. Champagne Metals also sought treble damages on its antitrust claims and sought punitive damages in addition to actual damages on its other claim. On May 12, 2009, the parties resolved all matters by agreement. Under the terms of this agreement we made a cash payment of $2.6 million to Champagne Metals. On June 12, 2009 the matter was dismissed with prejudice.

There are various claims and pending actions against the Company. The amount of liability, if any, for those claims and actions at December 31, 2010 is not determinable but, in the opinion of management, such liability, if any, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Note 12: Comprehensive Income

The following sets forth the components of comprehensive income:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2010				2009				2008
		(In millions)
Net income (loss)		$	(103.7	)		$	(192.2	)		$	31.3
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Foreign currency translation adjustments			11.1				27.8				(43.1	)
Changes in unrecognized benefit costs, net of tax benefit of $0.7 in 2010, tax benefit of $1.8 in 2009, and $72.7 tax benefit in 2008			(18.3	)			(17.0	)			(114.7	)
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale investment			5.4				—				—
Total comprehensive loss		$	(105.5	)		$	(181.4	)		$	(126.5	)
Less: comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest			0.4				(1.7	)			(1.3	)
Comprehensive loss attributable to Ryerson Holding Corporation		$	(105.9	)		$	(179.7	)		$	(125.2	)

 

F-27

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Note 13: Related Parties

The Company pays an affiliate of Platinum an annual monitoring fee of up to $5.0 million pursuant to a corporate advisory services agreement. The monitoring fee was $5.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

In 2008, the Company purchased and sold $24.2 million of available-for-sale corporate bonds of an affiliate of Platinum for a gain of $6.7 million. These investments were accounted for under the specific identification method.

We declared and paid a dividend of $56.5 million and $213.8 million to our stockholders in July 2009 and January 2010, respectively.

Note 14: Sales by Product

The Company derives substantially all of its sales from the distribution of metals. The following table shows the Company’s percentage of sales by major product line:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
Product Line		2010				2009				2008
		(Percentage of Sales)
Stainless			28	%			25	%			30	%
Aluminum			21				22				20
Carbon flat rolled			28				28				25
Bars, tubing and structurals			8				8				9
Fabrication and carbon plate			10				11				11
Other			5				6				5
Total			100	%			100	%			100	%

No customer accounted for more than 5 percent of Company sales for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. The top ten customers accounted for less than 12 percent of its sales for the year ended December 31, 2010. A significant majority of the Company’s sales are attributable to its U.S. operations and a significant majority of its long-lived assets are located in the United States. The only operations attributed to foreign countries relate to the Company’s subsidiaries in Canada, China and Mexico, which in aggregate comprised 14 percent, 14 percent, and 11 percent of the Company’s sales during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively; Canadian, Chinese and Mexican assets were 15 percent, 17 percent and 15 percent at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Note 15: Other Matters

Equity Investments

Coryer. In 2003, the Company and G. Collado S.A. de C.V. formed Coryer, S.A. de C.V. (“Coryer”), a joint venture in Mexico. The Company had a 49 percent equity interest in the joint venture until the Company sold its interest on November 28, 2008 to the majority stockholder. The Company recognized $0.8 million gain on the sale in 2008.

Tata Ryerson Limited. The Company sold its 50 percent interest in Tata Ryerson Limited, a joint venture with Tata Steel Limited, an integrated steel manufacturer in India on July 10, 2009 to its joint venture partner. Tata Ryerson Limited, which was formed in 1997, is a metals service center and processor with processing

 

F-28

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

facilities at Jamshedpur, Faridabad, and Ranjangaon, India. Prior to the sale, the Company accounted for this joint venture under the equity method of accounting. The Company received proceeds of $49 million for the transaction and recognized a pre-tax gain of approximately $0.5 million in the third quarter of 2009. The Company’s investment in this joint venture was not material to the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Note 16: Compensation Plan

Participation Plan

In 2009, Ryerson Holding adopted the 2009 Participation Plan (as amended and restated, the “Plan”). The purpose of the Plan is to provide incentive compensation to key employees of the Company by granting performance units. The value of the performance units is related to the appreciation in the value of the Company from and after the date of grant and the performance units vest over a period specified in the applicable award agreement, which typically vest over 44 months. The Plan may be altered, amended or terminated by the Company at any time. All performance units will terminate upon termination of the Plan or expiration on February 15, 2014. Participants in the Plan may be entitled to receive compensation for their vested units if certain performance-based “qualifying events” occur during the participant’s employment with the Company or during a short period following the participant’s death.

There are two “qualifying events” defined in the Plan: (1) A “qualifying sale event” in which there is a sale of some or all of the stock of Ryerson Holding then held by Ryerson Holding’s principal stockholders and (2) A “qualifying distribution” in which Ryerson Holding pays a cash dividend to its principal stockholders. Upon the occurrence of a Qualifying Event, participants with vested units may receive an amount equal to the difference between: (i) the value (as defined by the Plan) of the units on the date of the qualifying event, and (ii) the value of the units assigned on the date of grant. No amounts are due to participants until the total cash dividends and net proceeds from the sale of common stock to Ryerson Holding’s principal stockholder exceeds $875 million. Upon termination, with or without cause, units are forfeited, except in the case of death, as described in the Plan. As of December 31, 2010, 87,500,000 units have been authorized and granted, 21,875,000 units have been forfeited, and 49,218,750 units have vested and 16,406,250 units are nonvested as of the date hereof. The Company is accounting for this Plan in accordance with FASB ASC 718, “Compensation – Stock Compensation” (“ASC 718”). Since the occurrence of future “qualifying events” is not determinable or estimable, no liability or expense has been recognized to date. The fair value of the performance units are based upon cash dividends to and net proceeds from sales of common stock of Ryerson Holding by its principal stockholders through the end of each period that have occurred or are probable. The fair value of the performance units on their grant date in 2009 and at December 31, 2010 and 2009, which included cash dividends of $213.8 million paid on January 29, 2010 and $56.5 million paid in 2009, was zero.

Note 17: Derivatives and Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Derivatives

The Company is exposed to certain risks relating to its ongoing business operations. The primary risks managed by using derivative instruments are interest rate risk, foreign currency risk, and commodity price risk. Interest rate swaps are entered into to manage interest rate risk associated with the Company’s floating-rate borrowings. We use foreign currency exchange contracts to hedge our Canadian subsidiaries’ variability in cash flows from the forecasted payment of currencies other than the functional currency. From time to time, we may enter into fixed price sales contracts with our customers for certain of our inventory components. We may enter into metal commodity futures and options contracts periodically to reduce volatility in the price of metals. We may also enter into natural gas price swaps to manage the price risk of forecasted purchases of natural gas. The Company currently does not account for its derivative contracts as hedges but rather marks them to market with a

 

F-29

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

corresponding offset to current earnings. The Company regularly reviews the creditworthiness of its derivative counterparties and does not expect to incur a significant loss from the failure of any counterparties to perform under any agreements.

The following table summarizes the location and fair value amount of our derivative instruments reported in our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

Asset Derivatives

Liability Derivatives

December 31, 2010

December 31, 2009

December 31, 2010

December 31, 2009

Balance Sheet Location

Fair Value

Balance Sheet Location

Fair Value

Balance Sheet Location

Fair Value

Balance Sheet Location

Fair Value

(In millions)

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815

Interest rate contracts

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Other accrued liabilities

$

0.8

Non- current taxes and other credits

$

1.0

Foreign exchange contracts

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Other accrued liabilities

0.3

Non- current taxes and other credits

0.1

Commodity contracts

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

$

0.7

Receivables less provision for allowances, claims and doubtful accounts

$

0.7

Other accrued liabilities

0.1

N/A

N/A

Total derivatives

$

0.7

$

0.7

$

1.2

$

1.1

The Company’s interest rate forward contracts had a notional amount of $100 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company’s foreign currency exchange contracts had a U.S. dollar notional amount of $7.1 million and $15.9 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had 1,345 and 472 tons, respectively, of nickel futures or option contracts related to forecasted purchases. The Company entered into a natural gas price swap during 2010, which had a notional amount of 225,000 million British thermal units (“mmbtu”) as of December 31, 2010. The Company entered into a hot roll steel coil option contract in 2010 related to forecasted purchases, which had a notional amount of 2,325 tons as of December 31, 2010. The company entered into an aluminum price swap in 2010 related to forecasted purchases, which had a notional amount of 64 tons as of December 31, 2010.

 

F-30

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table summarizes the location and amount of gains and losses reported in our consolidated statement of operations for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:

 

				Amount of Gain/ (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives
				Year Ended December 31,
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815		Location of Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives		2010				2009				2008
				(In millions)
Interest rate contracts		Interest and other expense on debt		$	(1.1	)		$	(1.8	)		$	(2.7	)
Foreign exchange contracts		Other income and (expense), net			(0.3	)			(0.3	)			0.4
Commodity contracts		Cost of materials sold			(0.3	)			3.5				(4.5	)
Natural gas commodity contracts		Warehousing, delivery, selling, general and administrative			(0.1	)			—				—
Total				$	(1.8	)		$	1.4			$	(6.8	)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

As permitted by ASC 820-10-65-1, the Company adopted the nonrecurring fair value measurement disclosures for nonfinancial assets and liabilities. To increase consistency and comparability in fair value measurements, ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three levels as follows:

 

1.

Level 1 — quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access as of the reporting date.

 

2.

Level 2 — inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are directly observable for the asset or liability or indirectly observable through corroboration with observable market data.

 

3.

Level 3 — unobservable inputs, such as internally-developed pricing models for the asset or liability due to little or no market activity for the asset or liability.

The following table presents assets and liabilities measured and recorded at fair value on our Consolidated Balance Sheets on a recurring basis and their level within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2010:

 

		At December 31, 2010
		Level 1				Level 2				Level 3
		(In millions)
Assets
Cash equivalents:
Commercial paper		$	18.1			$	—			$	—
Prepaid and other current assets:
Common stock – available-for-sale investment		$	20.2			$	—			$	—
Mark-to-market derivatives:
Commodity contracts		$	—			$	0.7			$	—
Liabilities
Mark-to-market derivatives:
Interest rate contracts		$	—			$	0.8			$	—
Foreign exchange contracts			—				0.3				—
Commodity contracts			—				0.1				—
Total liability derivatives		$	—			$	1.2			$	—

 

F-31

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The fair value of each derivative contract is determined using Level 2 inputs and the market approach valuation technique, as described in ASC 820. The Company has various commodity derivatives to lock in nickel prices for varying time periods. The fair value of these derivatives is determined based on the spot price each individual contract was purchased at and compared with the one-month daily average actual spot price on the London Metals Exchange for nickel on the valuation date. The Company also has commodity derivatives to lock in hot roll coil and aluminum prices for varying time periods. The fair value of these derivatives is determined based on the spot price each individual contract was purchased at and compared with the one-month daily average actual spot price on the New York Mercantile Exchange for the commodity on the valuation date. The Company also has a natural gas price swap to lock in natural gas prices through March 2011. The fair value of this derivative is determined based on the spot price of the natural gas contract and compared with the one-month daily average actual spot price of natural gas according to the Henry Hub index on the valuation date. The Company also has an interest rate swap to fix a portion of the Company’s interest payments on its debt obligations. The interest rate swap, which has a notional amount of $100 million, fixes a portion of our interest payments at an interest rate of 1.59%. The contract expires on July 15, 2011. The interest rate swap is valued using estimated future one-month LIBOR interest rates as compared to the fixed interest rate of 1.59%. In addition, the Company has numerous foreign exchange contracts to hedge our Canadian subsidiaries variability in cash flows from the forecasted payment of currencies other than the functional currency, the Canadian dollar. The Company defines the fair value of foreign exchange contracts as the amount of the difference between the contracted and current market value at the end of the period. The Company estimates the current market value of foreign exchange contracts by obtaining month-end market quotes of foreign exchange rates and forward rates for contracts with similar terms. The Company uses the exchange rates provided by Reuters. Each contract term varies in the number of months, but on average is between 3 to 12 months in length.

The following table presents assets and liabilities measured and recorded at fair value on our Consolidated Balance Sheets on a non-recurring basis and their level within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2010:

 

		At December 31, 2010
		Level 1				Level 2				Level 3
		(In millions)
Assets
Impaired assets (Note 5)		$	—			$	14.3			$	—

The carrying and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

 

		At December 31, 2010								At December 31, 2009
		Carrying Amount				Fair Value				Carrying Amount				Fair Value
		(In millions)
Cash and cash equivalents		$	62.6			$	62.6			$	115.0			$	115.0
Receivables less provision for allowances, claims and doubtful accounts			497.9				497.9				357.4				357.4
Accounts payable			287.5				287.5				173.7				173.7
Long-term debt, including current portion			1,211.3				1,206.2				754.2				750.1

The estimated fair value of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents, receivables less provision for allowances, claims and doubtful accounts and accounts payable approximate their carrying amounts due to the short-term nature of these financial instruments. The estimated fair value of the Company’s long-term debt and the current portions thereof is determined by using quoted market prices of Company debt securities, where available, and from analyses performed using current interest rates considering credit ratings and the remaining terms of maturity.

 

F-32

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Available-For-Sale Investment

The Company has classified an investment made during 2010 as available-for-sale at the time of purchase. Investments classified as available-for-sale are recorded at fair value with the related unrealized gains and losses included in accumulated other comprehensive income. Management evaluates investments in an unrealized loss position on whether an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred on a periodic basis. Factors considered by management in assessing whether an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred include: the nature of the investment; whether the decline in fair value is attributable to specific adverse conditions affecting the investment; the financial condition of the investee; the severity and the duration of the impairment; and whether we intend to sell the investment or will be required to sell the investment before recovery of its amortized cost basis. When it is determined that an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred, the investment is written down to its market value at the end of the period in which it is determined that an other-than-temporary decline has occurred. Realized gains and losses are recorded within the statement of operations upon sale of the security and are based on specific identification.

The Company’s available-for-sale security as of December 31, 2010 can be summarized as follows:

 

		At December 31, 2010
		Cost				Gross Unrealized Gains				Gross Unrealized Losses				Fair Value
		(In millions)
Common stock		$	14.8			$	5.4			$	—			$	20.2

There is no maturity date for this investment and there have been no sales for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Note 18: Income Taxes

The elements of the provision for income taxes were as follows:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2010				2009				2008
		(In millions)
Income (loss) before income tax:
Federal		$	(84.1	)		$	(106.7	)		$	10.7
Foreign			(6.5	)			(18.0	)			35.4
		$	(90.6	)		$	(124.7	)		$	46.1
Current income taxes:
Federal		$	(46.6	)		$	3.4			$	14.6
Foreign			1.5				7.5				9.9
State			(0.6	)			(0.2	)			3.1
			(45.7	)			10.7				27.6
Deferred income taxes			58.8				56.8				(12.8	)
Total tax provision		$	13.1			$	67.5			$	14.8

 

F-33

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Income taxes differ from the amounts computed by applying the federal tax rate as follows:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
		2010				2009				2008
		(In millions)
Federal income tax expense computed at statutory tax rate of 35%		$	(31.7	)		$	(43.6	)		$	16.1
Additional taxes or credits from:
State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax effect			(0.4	)			(1.3	)			2.4
Foreign tax credit			—				(8.5	)			—
Other non-deductible expenses			0.7				1.5				0.7
Domestic production activities benefit			2.1				(1.3	)			(2.2	)
Foreign income not includable in federal taxable income			5.5				5.6				(2.5	)
Indian taxes			—				8.3				—
Tax on sale of foreign joint venture			—				14.5				—
Valuation allowance			36.5				92.7				—
All other, net			0.4				(0.4	)			0.3
Total income tax provision		$	13.1			$	67.5			$	14.8

The components of the deferred income tax assets and liabilities arising under FASB ASC 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”) were as follows:

 

		At December 31,
		2010				2009
		(In millions)
Deferred tax assets:
AMT tax credit carryforwards		$	38			$	47
Post-retirement benefits other than pensions			67				70
Federal and foreign net operating loss carryforwards			42				—
State net operating loss carryforwards			12				5
Pension liability			120				130
Other deductible temporary differences			21				23
Less: valuation allowances			(137	)			(99	)
		$	163			$	176
Deferred tax liabilities:
Fixed asset basis difference		$	115			$	116
Inventory basis difference			135				96
Other intangibles			1				4
			251				216
Net deferred tax liability		$	(88	)		$	(40	)

The Company had available at December 31, 2010, federal AMT credit carryforwards of approximately $38 million, which may be used indefinitely to reduce regular federal income taxes.

The Company’s deferred tax assets also include $39 million related to US federal net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards which expire in 20 years, $12 million related to state NOL carryforwards which expire generally in 3 to 15 years and $3 million related to foreign NOL carryforwards which expire in 3 to 5 years, available at December 31, 2010.

 

F-34

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

In accordance with ASC 740, the Company assesses, on a quarterly basis, the realizability of its deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance must be established when, based upon the evaluation of all available evidence, it is more-likely-than-not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In making this determination, we analyze, among other things, our recent history of earnings and cash flows and the nature and timing of future deductions and benefits represented by the deferred tax assets. As a result of U.S. pre-tax losses incurred in periods leading up to the second quarter of 2009, we were unable to rely on the positive evidence of projected future income to support all deferred tax assets. After considering both the positive and negative evidence available at the end of the second quarter of fiscal year 2009, the Company determined that it was more-likely-than-not that it would not realize the full value of a portion of its U.S. deferred tax assets. As a result, during the second quarter of 2009, the Company established a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets in the U.S. to reduce them to the amount that is more-likely-than-not to be realized with a corresponding non-cash charge of $74.7 million to the provision for income taxes. During the second half of 2009 an additional non-cash charge of $23.9 million was recorded, increasing the valuation allowance to $98.8 million at December 31, 2009. Of the charges recorded during 2009, $92.7 million of this valuation allowance was charged to income tax provision and $5.9 million was charged to other comprehensive income in 2009. The valuation allowance was increased to $136.6 million at December 31, 2010. Of the charges recorded during 2010, $36.5 million was charged to income tax provision and $4.4 million was charged to other comprehensive income offset by $3.1 million of a change in net deferred tax assets for which a valuation allowance was fully provided. The valuation allowance is reviewed quarterly and will be maintained until sufficient positive evidence exists to support the reversal of some or all of the valuation allowance.

At December 31, 2010, the Company had approximately $60.1 million of undistributed foreign earnings. The Company has not recognized any U.S. tax expense on $54.1 million of these earnings since it intends to reinvest the earnings outside the U.S. for the foreseeable future. The Company has recognized U.S. tax expense on $6 million of these undistributed earnings that were included in the Company’s prior year U.S. taxable income under the U.S. Subpart F income rules.

The Company accounts for uncertain income tax positions in accordance with ASC 740. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

		Unrecognized Tax Benefits
		(In millions)
Unrecognized tax benefits balance at January 1, 2008		$	7.1
Gross increases – tax positions in prior periods			0.4
Settlements and closing of statute of limitations			(2.4	)
Unrecognized tax benefits balance at December 31, 2008		$	5.1
Gross increases – tax positions in prior periods			0.1
Settlements and closing of statute of limitations			(0.2	)
Unrecognized tax benefits balance at December 31, 2009		$	5.0
Gross increases – tax positions in prior periods			1.6
Settlements and closing of statute of limitations			(0.2	)
Unrecognized tax benefits balance at December 31, 2010		$	6.4

Ryerson and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax of multiple state and foreign jurisdictions. The Company has substantially concluded all U.S. federal income tax matters for years through 2007. Substantially all state and local income tax matters have been concluded through 2005. However, a change by a state in subsequent years would result in an insignificant change to the Company’s state tax liability. The Company has substantially concluded foreign income tax matters through 2006 for all significant foreign jurisdictions.

 

F-35

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had approximately $0.4 million and $1.5 million of accrued interest related to uncertain tax positions, respectively. The decrease in interest during 2010 resulted primarily from a re-evaluation of jurisdictions where the Company has NOL carryforwards. Total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that would affect our effective tax rate if recognized is $4.1 million and $3.2 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Note 19: Earnings per Share

On July 16, 2007, Ryerson Holding was capitalized with 5,000,000 shares of common stock by Platinum Equity, LLC. All shares outstanding are common shares and have equal voting, liquidation and preference rights.

Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) attributable to Ryerson Holding’s common stock is determined based on earnings for the period divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS attributable to Ryerson Holding’s common stock considers the effect of potential common shares, unless inclusion of the potential common shares would have an antidilutive effect. Subsequent to October 19, 2007, Ryerson Holding does not have any securities or other items that are convertible into common shares, therefore basic and fully diluted EPS are the same.

The following table sets forth the calculation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share:

 

		Year Ended December 31,
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share		2010				2009				2008
		(In millions, except per share data)
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders		$	(104.0	)		$	(190.7	)		$	32.5
Average shares of common stock outstanding			5.0				5.0				5.0
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share		$	(20.80	)		$	(38.14	)		$	6.50

Note 20: Subsequent Events

(A) On March 14, 2011, Ryerson entered into an amended and restated Ryerson Credit Facility, effective immediately. The Ryerson Credit Facility, among other things consists of $1.35 billion in commitments from the lenders and extends the maturity date to the earlier of (a) March 11, 2016, (b) the date that occurs 90 days prior to the scheduled maturity date of the 2014 Notes if such notes are then outstanding and (c) the date that occurs 90 days prior to the scheduled maturity date of the 2015 Notes if such notes are then outstanding. Pricing under the Ryerson Credit Facility was also adjusted to reflect current market conditions. Pricing is not materially different from our original Ryerson Credit Facility.

(B) On March 14, 2011, Ryerson Inc. acquired all the issued and outstanding capital stock of Singer Steel Company (“Singer”) for $23.6 million. Singer is a full-service steel value-added processor with state-of-the-art processing equipment. We believe that Singer’s capabilities strongly enhance Ryerson’s offering in the Midwest and Northeast United States.

 

F-36

---

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following unaudited pro forma information presents consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 as if the acquisition of Singer Steel Company on March 14, 2011 had occurred January 1, 2009:

 

		Pro Forma Year Ended December 31,
		2010				2009
		(In millions)
Net sales		$	3,942.8			$	3,108.9
Net loss attributable to Ryerson Holding Corporation			(105.3	)			(186.5	)

(C) Ryerson Holding filed a Form S-1 (the “Form S-1”) on January 22, 2010 for the possible issuance of common stock to public stockholders. A number of amendments to the Form S-1 were subsequently filed. In May 2010, the Company decided not to proceed with the offering of its common stock due to unfavorable market conditions caused by volatility in the global equity markets. In April 2011, the Company decided to file an additional amendment to the Form S-1. The number of shares and offering price per share are unknown at this time. Upon completion of an offering of common stock, Platinum will continue to control all matters submitted for approval by our stockholders through its ownership of a majority of our outstanding common stock. These matters could include the election of all of the members of our Board of Directors, amendments to our organizational documents, or the approval of any proxy contests, mergers, tender offers, sales of assets or other major corporate transactions. The interests of Platinum may not in all cases be aligned with the interests of our other common stock stockholders.

(D) JT Ryerson, one of our subsidiaries, is party to a corporate advisory services agreement with Platinum Advisors, an affiliate of Platinum, pursuant to which Platinum Advisors provides JT Ryerson certain business, management, administrative and financial advice. On                     , JT Ryerson’s Board of Directors approved the termination of this services agreement contingent on the closing of the initial public offering. As consideration for terminating the monitoring fee payable thereunder, JT Ryerson will pay Platinum Advisors $                 million. The Company will recognize the termination fee within Warehousing, delivery, selling, general and administrative expense upon the closing of the initial public offering.

(E) Pro forma loss per share—as adjusted for dividends in excess of earnings includes                 million additional shares that represent, in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 1.B.3, the number of shares sold in the initial public offering, the proceeds of which are assumed for purposes of this calculation to have been used to fund a termination payment to the principal stockholder. The calculation assumes an initial offering price of $                per share, the mid-point of the offering range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The unaudited pro forma earnings per share is presented for informational purposes only in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 1.B.3.

(F) On                     , our Board of Directors approved a              for 1.00 stock split of the Company’s common stock to be effected prior to the closing of the Company’s offering of common stock on Form S-1.

 

F-37

---

Table of Contents

SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

RYERSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

SUMMARY BY QUARTER

(In millions, except per share data)

 

		Net Sales				Gross Profit				Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes				Net Loss				Net Loss Attributable to Ryerson Holding Corporation				Basic and Diluted Loss per Common Share
2009
First Quarter (1)		$	804.7			$	126.1			$	(8.9	)		$	(5.9	)		$	(4.9	)		$	(0.98	)
Second Quarter (2)			743.1				85.6				(55.2	)			(130.8	)			(130.6	)			(26.12	)
Third Quarter (3)			777.2				151.8				6.7				(7.3	)			(7.4	)			(1.48	)
Fourth Quarter (4)			741.1				92.6				(67.3	)			(48.2	)			(47.8	)			(9.56	)
Year		$	3,066.1			$	456.1			$	(124.7	)		$	(192.2	)		$	(190.7	)		$	(38.14	)
2010
First Quarter		$	871.5			$	133.8			$	(12.2	)		$	(14.8	)		$	(14.7	)		$	(2.94	)
Second Quarter (5)			1,020.2				132.6				(18.0	)			(21.7	)			(21.7	)			(4.34	)
Third Quarter			1,031.7				139.1				(19.2	)			(24.8	)			(25.0	)			(5.00	)
Fourth Quarter (6)			972.1				134.3				(41.2	)			(42.4	)			(42.6	)			(8.52	)
Year		$	3,895.5			$	539.8			$	(90.6	)		$	(103.7	)		$	(104.0	)		$	(20.80	)

 

(1)

Included in the first quarter 2009 results is a pretax gain on the sale of assets of $3.3 million, or $2.0 million after-tax, and a pretax gain of $1.3 million, or $0.9 million after-tax, related to the curtailment gain on the Canadian post-retirement plan amendment.

(2)

Included in the second quarter 2009 results is an income tax charge of $74.7 million to establish a valuation allowance against our US deferred tax assets and a $13.5 million income tax charge related to the sale of our joint venture in India.

(3)

Included in the third quarter 2009 results is an impairment charge of $6.1 million, or $3.7 million after-tax, related to certain assets held for sale to recognize the assets at their fair value less cost to sell and an income tax charge of $14.7 million to increase the valuation allowance against our US deferred tax assets.

(4)

Included in the fourth quarter 2009 results is an impairment charge of $13.2 million, or $8.0 million after-tax, related to adjusting primarily held for sale assets to their fair value less cost to sell and an income tax charge of $3.3 million (net) to increase the valuation allowance against our US deferred tax assets. This income tax charge recognized in the fourth quarter includes a $6.6 million income tax benefit that relates to a change to the valuation allowance recognized in the second quarter of 2009.

(5)

Included in the second quarter 2010 results is a $2.6 million gain on the settlement of an insurance claim.

(6)

Included in the fourth quarter 2010 results is a $2.0 million curtailment loss and a $10.5 million restructuring charge associated with the announcement of the closure of one of our metal service centers. The fourth quarter 2010 results also included a $1.5 million charge related to benefits to be paid associated with the retirement of our Chief Executive Officer.

 

F-38

---

Table of Contents

RYERSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

For the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(In millions)

 

		Provisions for Allowances
		Balance at Beginning of Period				Amount Acquired Through Acquisition				Additions Charged to Income				Additions Charged to Other Comprehensive Income				Deductions from Reserves				Balance at End of Period
Year ended December 31, 2010
Allowance for doubtful accounts		$	10.5			$	—			$	3.0			$	—			$	(4.8)(B)			$	8.7
Valuation allowance—deferred tax assets			98.8				—				36.5				4.4				(3.1)(D)				136.6
Year ended December 31, 2009
Allowance for doubtful accounts		$	17.1			$	—			$	8.5			$	—			$	(15.1)(B)			$	10.5
Valuation allowance—deferred tax assets			0.2				—				92.7				5.9				—				98.8
Year ended December 31, 2008
Allowance for doubtful accounts		$	14.8			$	2.1	(A)		$	11.5			$	—			$	(11.3)(B)			$	17.1
Valuation allowance—deferred tax assets			1.0				(0.8	)(C)			—				—				—				0.2

 

NOTES:

 

(A)

Reserve of $2.1 million was established upon the consolidation of a joint venture, Ryerson China

(B)

Bad debts written off during the year

(C)

Reserve was adjusted $0.8 million as part of the Platinum Acquisition of Rhombus Merger Corporation with and into Ryerson

(D)

Change in net deferred tax assets for which a valuation allowance was fully provided

 

F-39

---

Table of Contents

RYERSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)

(In millions)

 

		Three Months Ended March  31,
		2011				2010
Net sales		$	1,187.0			$	871.5
Cost of materials sold			1,030.3				737.7
Gross profit			156.7				133.8
Warehousing, delivery, selling, general and administrative			135.2				118.8
Restructuring and other charges			0.3				—
Operating profit			21.2				15.0
Other income and (expense), net			5.7				(2.5	)
Interest and other expense on debt			(29.7	)			(24.7	)
Loss before income taxes			(2.8	)			(12.2	)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes			(1.2	)			2.6
Net loss			(1.6	)			(14.8	)
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest			0.1				(0.1	)
Net loss attributable to Ryerson Holding Corporation		$	(1.7	)		$	(14.7	)
Basic and diluted loss per share		$	(0.34	)		$	(2.94	)
Pro forma—basic and diluted loss per share giving effect to the number of shares whose proceeds would be necessary to fund a termination payment to the principal stockholder in excess of earnings during the three months ended March 31, 2011 assuming an initial offering price of $             and an assumed          for 1.00 stock split that will occur immediately prior to the closing of an initial public offering		$

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-40

---

Table of Contents

RYERSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

(In millions)

 

		Three Months Ended March 31,
		2011				2010
Operating activities:
Net loss		$	(1.6	)		$	(14.8	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization			10.4				9.1
Deferred income taxes			(3.3	)			1.7
Provision for allowances, claims and doubtful accounts			2.3				—
Noncash interest expense related to debt discount amortization			9.6				5.5
Impairment charge on fixed assets			—				0.5
Restructuring and other charges			0.3				—
Gain on bargain purchase			(6.3	)			—
Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of the effects of acquisitions:
Receivables			(132.1	)			(109.8	)
Inventories			(55.1	)			(74.9	)
Other assets			(4.8	)			(5.8	)
Accounts payable			71.7				125.6
Accrued liabilities			11.7				16.6
Accrued taxes payable/receivable			3.0				(2.6	)
Deferred employee benefit costs			(9.1	)			(5.2	)
Other items			(0.5	)			2.2
Net adjustments			(102.2	)			(37.1	)
Net cash used in operating activities			(103.8	)			(51.9	)
Investing activities:
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired			(19.7	)			—
Decrease in restricted cash			7.0				6.7
Capital expenditures			(6.4	)			(5.3	)
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment			3.4				0.6
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities			(15.7	)			2.0
Financing activities:
Long term debt issued			—				220.2
Repayment of debt			—				(10.6	)
Net proceeds / (repayments) of credit facility borrowings			86.8				46.8
Debt issuance costs			(15.8	)			(5.9	)
Net increase in book overdrafts			27.4				17.3
Dividends paid			—				(213.8	)
Net cash provided by financing activities			98.4				54.0
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents			(21.1	)			4.1
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents			0.4				2.5
Net change in cash and cash equivalents			(20.7	)			6.6
Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period			62.6				115.0
Cash and cash equivalents—end of period		$	41.9			$	121.6
Supplemental disclosures:
Cash paid (received) during the period for:
Interest paid to third parties		$	5.2			$	4.5
Income taxes, net			(1.3	)			2.6

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-41

---

Table of Contents

RYERSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In millions, except shares)

 

		March 31, 2011				December 31, 2010				Unaudited Pro Forma At March 31, 2011
		(unaudited)
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents		$	41.9			$	62.6			$	41.9
Restricted cash			15.1				15.6				15.1
Receivables less provision for allowances, claims and doubtful accounts of $9.5 and $8.7, respectively			636.5				497.9				636.5
Inventories			856.7				783.4				856.7
Prepaid expenses and other current assets			59.7				57.8				59.7
Total current assets			1,609.9				1,417.3				1,609.9
Property, plant, and equipment, at cost			598.7				583.4				598.7
Less: Accumulated depreciation			114.3				104.2				114.3
Property, plant and equipment, net			484.4				479.2				484.4
Deferred income taxes			47.4				47.1				47.4
Other intangible assets			19.9				16.2				19.9
Goodwill			73.0				73.3				73.0
Deferred charges and other assets			34.6				20.4				34.6
Total assets		$	2,269.2			$	2,053.5			$	2,269.2
Liabilities
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable		$	390.8			$	287.5				390.8
Salaries, wages and commissions			43.1				43.2				43.1
Deferred income taxes			134.6				135.7				134.6
Other accrued liabilities			71.4				49.6				71.4
Short-term debt			37.8				26.7				37.8
Current portion of deferred employee benefits			15.8				15.8				15.8
Total current liabilities			693.5				558.5				693.5
Long-term debt			1,269.9				1,184.6
Deferred employee benefits			473.3				482.3				473.3
Taxes and other credits			11.5				10.6				11.5
Total liabilities			2,448.2				2,236.0
Commitments and contingencies
Equity
Ryerson Holding Corporation stockholders’ equity (deficit):
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 5,000,000 shares issued at 2011 and 2010			—				—				—
Capital in excess of par value			224.9				224.9				224.9
Accumulated deficit			(275.1	)			(273.4	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss			(133.1	)			(138.2	)			(133.1	)
Total Ryerson Holding Corporation stockholders’ equity (deficit)			(183.3	)			(186.7	)
Noncontrolling interest			4.3				4.2				4.3
Total equity (deficit)			(179.0	)			(182.5	)
Total liabilities and equity		$	2,269.2			$	2,053.5			$	2,269.2

See Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-42

---

Table of Contents

RYERSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

NOTE 1: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Ryerson Holding Corporation (“Ryerson Holding”), a Delaware corporation, is the parent company of Ryerson Inc. (“Ryerson”). Ryerson Holding is 99% owned by affiliates of Platinum Equity, LLC (“Platinum”).

Ryerson conducts materials distribution operations in the United States through its wholly-owned direct subsidiary Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc. (“JT Ryerson”), in Canada through its indirect wholly-owned subsidiary Ryerson Canada, Inc., a Canadian corporation (“Ryerson Canada”) and in Mexico through its indirect wholly-owned subsidiary Ryerson Metals de Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V., a Mexican corporation (“Ryerson Mexico”). In addition to our North American operations, we conduct materials distribution operations in China through Ryerson China Limited (“Ryerson China”), a company in which we have a 100% ownership percentage. Unless the context indicates otherwise, Ryerson Holding, Ryerson, JT Ryerson, Ryerson Canada, Ryerson China and Ryerson Mexico together with their subsidiaries, are collectively referred to herein as “we,” “us,” “our,” or the “Company.”

The following table shows our percentage of sales by major product lines for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively:

 

		Three Months Ended March 31,
Product Line		2011				2010
Carbon Steel Flat			26	%			29	%
Carbon Steel Plate			10				7
Carbon Steel Long			10				9
Stainless Steel Flat			21				21
Stainless Steel Plate			5				4
Stainless Steel Long			4				3
Aluminum Flat			14				16
Aluminum Plate			3				3
Aluminum Long			3				4
Other			4				4
Total			100	%			100	%

Results of operations for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results of any other periods or for the year. The financial statements as of March 31, 2011 and for the three-month period ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 are unaudited, but in the opinion of management include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of results for such periods. The year-end condensed consolidated balance sheet data contained in this report was derived from audited financial statements, but does not include all disclosures required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes contained in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 2011 presentation.

NOTE 2: RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2010-6, “Improving Disclosures About Fair Value Measurements” (“ASU 2010-6”), which requires reporting entities to make new disclosures about recurring or nonrecurring fair-value measurements including significant transfers into and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and information on purchases,

 

F-43

---

Table of Contents

RYERSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

sales, issuances, and settlements on a gross basis in the reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements. ASU 2010-6 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for Level 3 reconciliation disclosures which are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2010. We adopted the requirements within ASU 2010-6 as of January 1, 2010, except for the Level 3 reconciliation disclosures which we adopted as of January 1, 2011. The adoption did not have an impact on our financial statements.

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-28, “When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts.” This ASU updates ASC Topic 350, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other” to amend the criteria for performing Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts and requires performing Step 2 if qualitative factors indicate that it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. The ASU is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2010. We adopted this guidance prospectively on January 1, 2011. The Company does not have any reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts as of March 31, 2011.

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-29, “Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations” to specify that if a company presents comparative financial statements, it should disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though the business combination that occurred during the current period, occurred at the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period only. This guidance is effective prospectively for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. We adopted this guidance prospectively on January 1, 2011. The adoption did not have an impact on our financial statements.

NOTE 3: INVENTORIES

The Company uses the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method of valuing inventory. Interim LIFO calculations are based on actual inventory levels.

Inventories, at stated LIFO value, were classified at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 as follows:

 

		March 31, 2011				December 31, 2010
		(In millions)
In process and finished products		$	856.7			$	783.4

If current cost had been used to value inventories, such inventories would have been $14 million higher than reported at March 31, 2011. If current cost had been used to value inventories, such inventories would have been $20 million lower than reported at December 31, 2010. Approximately 86% of inventories are accounted for under the LIFO method at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010. Non-LIFO inventories consist primarily of inventory at our foreign facilities using the weighted-average cost and the specific cost methods. Substantially all of our inventories consist of finished products.

NOTE 4: GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill, which represents the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets acquired, amounted to $73.0 million at March 31, 2011. Pursuant to ASC 350, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other,” we review the recoverability of goodwill and other intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives annually as of October 1 or whenever significant events or changes occur which might impair the recovery of recorded amounts. The most

 

F-44

---

Table of Contents

RYERSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

recently completed impairment test of goodwill was performed as of October 1, 2010 and it was determined that no impairment existed. Other intangible assets with finite useful lives continue to be amortized over their useful lives. We review the recoverability of our long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable.

NOTE 5: ACQUISITIONS

On March 14, 2011 (“the acquisition date”) Ryerson Inc. acquired all the issued and outstanding capital stock of Singer Steel Company (“Singer”). Singer is a full-service steel value-added processor with state-of-the-art processing equipment. We believe that Singer’s capabilities strongly enhance Ryerson’s offering in the Midwest and Northeast United States.

The acquisition date fair value consideration transferred totaled $23.6 million, which consisted of the following:

 

Cash		$	20.0
Holdback(1)			3.6
Total		$	23.6

 

(1)

Any remaining holdback amount not used for undisclosed obligations is payable to the seller within 18 months from the acquisition date.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date. The Company used a third-party valuation firm to estimate the fair values of the property, plant and equipment and intangible assets. Inventory was valued by the Company using acquisition date fair values of the metals.

 

		At March 14, 2011
		(In millions)
Cash		$	0.2
Restricted cash			6.5
Accounts receivables			7.3
Inventory			16.3
Property, plant, and equipment			8.2
Intangible assets			4.3
Other assets			0.3
Total identifiable assets acquired			43.1
Current liabilities			11.4
Deferred tax liabilities			1.8
Total liabilities assumed			13.2
Net identifiable assets acquired		$	29.9
Bargain purchase			(6.3	)
Net assets acquired		$	23.6

The fair value of accounts receivables acquired is $7.3 million, with a gross amount of $7.8 million. The Company expects $0.5 million to be uncollectible.

 

F-45

---

Table of Contents

RYERSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Of the $4.3 million of acquired intangible assets, $2.2 million was assigned to customer relationships with a useful life of 7 years, $1.7 million was assigned to trademarks with a useful life of 5 years and $0.4 million was assigned to a license agreement with a useful life of 7 years.

The transaction resulted in a bargain purchase primarily due to the fair value of acquired intangible assets and higher inventory valuation related to rising metals prices. The gain is included in other income and (expense), net in the statements of operations. The Company has recognized $0.4 million in acquisition-related fees, which is included in Warehousing, delivery, selling, general and administrative.

Included in the first quarter 2011 financial results is $2.4 million of revenue and $6.4 (includes the $6.3 million bargain purchase gain) million of net income.

The following unaudited pro forma information presents consolidated results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 as if the acquisition of Singer Steel Company on March 14, 2011 had occurred January 1, 2010:

 

		Pro Forma Three Months Ended March 31,
		2011				2010
		(In millions)
Net sales		$	1,198.0			$	883.0
Net loss attributable to Ryerson Holding Corporation			(9.0	)			(14.6	)

The 2011 supplemental pro forma net loss was adjusted to exclude the $6.3 million bargain purchase gain realized in 2011 as it is a nonrecurring item.

NOTE 6: LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consisted of the following at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

 

		March 31, 2011				December 31, 2010
		(In millions)
Ryerson Secured Credit Facility		$	533.9			$	457.3
12% Senior Secured Notes due 2015			376.2				376.2
Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due 2014			102.9				102.9
14 1/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2015			483.0				483.0
8 1/4% Senior Notes due 2011			4.1				4.1
Foreign debt			29.9				19.7
Total debt			1,530.0				1,443.2
Less:
Unamortized discount on Ryerson Holding Notes			222.3				231.9
Short-term credit facility borrowings			3.8				2.9
8 1/4% Senior Notes due 2011			4.1				4.1
Foreign debt			29.9				9.7
Total long-term debt		$	1,269.9			$	1,184.6

Ryerson Credit Facility

On March 14, 2011, Ryerson amended and restated its $1.35 billion revolving credit facility agreement (“Ryerson Credit Facility”) which extends the maturity date to the earliest of (a) March 14, 2016, (b) the date that

 

F-46

---

Table of Contents

RYERSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

occurs 90 days prior to the scheduled maturity date of the Floating Rate Senior Secured Notes due November 1, 2014 (“2014 Notes”), if the 2014 Notes are then outstanding and (c) the date that occurs 90 days prior to the scheduled maturity date of the 12% Senior Secured Notes due November 1, 2015 (“2015 Notes”) (together, with the 2014 Notes, the “Ryerson Notes”), if the 2015 Notes are then outstanding. At March 31, 2011, Ryerson had $533.9 million of outstanding borrowings, $27 million of letters of credit issued and $302 million available under the $1.35 billion Ryerson Credit Facility compared to $457.3 million of outstanding borrowings, $24 million of letters of credit issued and $317 million available at December 31, 2010. Total credit availability is limited by the amount of eligible accounts receivables and inventory pledged as collateral under the agreement insofar as Ryerson is subject to a borrowing base comprised of the aggregate of these two amounts, less applicable reserves. Eligible account receivables, at any date of determination, are comprised of the aggregate value of all accounts directly created by a borrower in the ordinary course of business arising out of the sale of goods or the rendition of services, each of which has been invoiced, with such receivables adjusted to exclude various ineligible accounts, including, among other things, those to which a borrower does not have sole and absolute title and accounts arising out of a sale to an employee, officer, director, or affiliate of the borrower. The weighted-average interest rate on the borrowings under the Ryerson Credit Facility was 2.5 percent and 2.1 percent at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

Amounts outstanding under the Ryerson Credit Facility bear interest at a rate determined by reference to the base rate (Bank of America’s prime rate) or a LIBOR rate or, for Ryerson’s Canadian subsidiary which is a borrower, a rate determined by reference to the Canadian base rate (Bank of America-Canada Branch’s “Base Rate” for loans in U.S. Dollars in Canada) or the BA rate (average annual rate applicable to Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances) or a LIBOR rate and the Canadian prime rate (Bank of America-Canada Branch’s “Prime Rate.”). The spread over the base rate and Canadian prime rate is between 0.75% and 1.50% and the spread over the LIBOR and for the bankers’ acceptances is between 1.75% and 2.50%, depending on the amount available to be borrowed. Overdue amounts and all amounts owed during the existence of a default bear interest at 2% above the rate otherwise applicable thereto. Ryerson also pays commitment fees on amounts not borrowed at a rate between 0.375% and 0.50% depending on the average borrowings as a percentage of the total $1.35 billion agreement during a rolling three month period.

Borrowings under the Ryerson Credit Facility are secured by first-priority liens on all of the inventory, accounts receivable, lockbox accounts and related assets of Ryerson, subsidiary borrowers and certain other U.S. subsidiaries of Ryerson that act as guarantors.

The Ryerson Credit Facility contains covenants that, among other things, restrict Ryerson with respect to the incurrence of debt, the creation of liens, transactions with affiliates, mergers and consolidations, sales of assets and acquisitions. The Ryerson Credit Facility also requires that, if availability under such facility declines to a certain level, Ryerson maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio as of the end of each fiscal quarter.

The Ryerson Credit Facility contains events of default with respect to, among other things, default in the payment of principal when due or the payment of interest, fees and other amounts after a specified grace period, material misrepresentations, failure to perform certain specified covenants, certain bankruptcy events, the invalidity of certain security agreements or guarantees, material judgments and the occurrence of a change of control of Ryerson. If such an event of default occurs, the lenders under the Ryerson Credit Facility will be entitled to various remedies, including acceleration of amounts outstanding under the Ryerson Credit Facility and all other actions permitted to be taken by secured creditors.

The lenders under the Ryerson Credit Facility have the ability to reject a borrowing request if any event, circumstance or development has occurred that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a material

 

F-47

---

Table of Contents

RYERSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

adverse effect on Ryerson. If Ryerson or any significant subsidiaries of the other borrowers becomes insolvent or commences bankruptcy proceedings, all amounts borrowed under the Ryerson Credit Facility will become immediately due and payable.

Proceeds from Ryerson Credit Facility borrowings and repayments of Ryerson Credit Facility borrowings in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows represent borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit agreement with original maturities greater than three months. Net proceeds (repayments) under the Ryerson Credit Facility represent borrowings under the Ryerson Credit Facility with original maturities less than three months.

Ryerson Holding Notes

On January 29, 2010, Ryerson Holding issued $483 million aggregate principal amount at maturity of 14 ¹/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2015 (the “Ryerson Holding Notes”). No cash interest accrues on the Ryerson Holding Notes. The Ryerson Holding Notes had an initial accreted value of $455.98 per $1,000 principal amount and will accrete from the date of issuance until maturity on a semi-annual basis. The accreted value of each Ryerson Holding Note increased from the date of issuance until October 31, 2010 at a rate of 14.50%. Thereafter the interest rate increases by 1% (to 15.50%) until July 31, 2011, an additional 1.00% (to 16.50%) on August 1, 2011 until April 30, 2012, and increases by an additional 0.50% (to 17.00%) on May 1, 2012 until the maturity date. Interest compounds semi-annually such that the accreted value will equal the principal amount at maturity of each note on that date. At March 31, 2011, the accreted value of the Ryerson Holding Notes was $260.7 million. The Ryerson Holding Notes are not guaranteed by any of Ryerson Holding’s subsidiaries and are secured by a first-priority security interest in the capital stock of Ryerson. The Ryerson Holding Notes rank equally in right of payment with all of Ryerson Holding’s senior debt and senior in right of payment to all of Ryerson Holding’s subordinated debt. The Ryerson Holding Notes are effectively junior to Ryerson Holding’s other secured debt to the extent of the collateral securing such debt (other than the capital stock of Ryerson). Because the Ryerson Holding Notes are not guaranteed by any of Ryerson Holding’s subsidiaries, the notes are structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade payables) of Ryerson Holding’s subsidiaries, including Ryerson.

The Ryerson Holding Notes contain customary covenants that, among other things, limit, subject to certain exceptions, Ryerson Holding’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends on its capital stock or repurchase its capital stock, make certain investments or other restricted payments, create liens or use assets as security in other transactions, enter into sale and leaseback transactions, merge, consolidate or transfer or dispose of substantially all of Ryerson Holding’s assets, and engage in certain transactions with affiliates.

The Ryerson Holding Notes are redeemable, at our option, in whole or in part, at any time at specified redemption prices. We are required to redeem the Ryerson Holding Notes upon the receipt of net proceeds of certain qualified equity issuances, specified change of controls and/or specified receipt of dividends.

The terms of the Ryerson Notes (discussed below) restrict Ryerson from making dividends to Ryerson Holding. Subject to certain exceptions, Ryerson may only pay dividends to Ryerson Holding to the extent of 50% of future net income, once prior losses are offset. In the event Ryerson is restricted from providing Ryerson Holding with sufficient distributions to fund the retirement of the Ryerson Holding Notes at maturity, Ryerson Holding may default on the Ryerson Holding Notes unless other sources of funding are available.

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement, Ryerson Holding agreed to offer to exchange each of the Ryerson Holding Notes for a new issue of Ryerson Holding’s debt securities registered under the Securities Act, with terms substantially identical to those of the Ryerson Holding Notes. Ryerson Holding completed the

 

F-48

---

Table of Contents

RYERSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

exchange offer on December 7, 2010. As a result of completing the exchange offer, Ryerson Holding satisfied its obligations under the registration rights agreement covering the Ryerson Holding Notes.

Ryerson Notes

On October 19, 2007, Ryerson issued the Ryerson Notes. The 2014 Notes bear interest at a rate, reset quarterly, of LIBOR plus 7.375% per annum. The 2015 Notes bear interest at a rate of 12% per annum. The Ryerson Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by certain of our existing and future subsidiaries (including those existing and future domestic subsidiaries that are co-borrowers or guarantee obligations under the Ryerson Credit Facility). At March 31, 2011, $376.2 million of the 2015 Notes and $102.9 million of the 2014 Notes remain outstanding.

The Ryerson Notes and guarantees are secured by a first-priority lien on substantially all of Ryerson and its guarantors’ present and future assets located in the United States (other than receivables, inventory, related general intangibles, certain other assets and proceeds thereof) including equipment, owned real property interests valued at $1 million or more, and all present and future shares of capital stock or other equity interests of each of Ryerson and its guarantors’ directly owned domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the present and future shares of capital stock or other equity interests, of each of Ryerson and its guarantor’s directly owned foreign restricted subsidiaries, in each case subject to certain exceptions and customary permitted liens. The Ryerson Notes and guarantees are secured on a second-priority basis by a lien on the assets that secure Ryerson’s obligations under the Ryerson Credit Facility. The Ryerson Notes contain customary covenants that, among other things, limit, subject to certain exceptions, Ryerson’s ability, and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries, to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends on its capital stock or repurchase its capital stock, make investments, sell assets, engage in acquisitions, mergers or consolidations or create liens or use assets as security in other transactions. Subject to certain exceptions, Ryerson may only pay dividends to Ryerson Holding to the extent of 50% of future net income, once prior losses are offset.

The Ryerson Notes will be redeemable by Ryerson, in whole or in part, at any time on or after November 1, 2011, at specified redemption prices. If a change of control occurs, Ryerson must offer to purchase the Ryerson Notes at 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement, Ryerson agreed to offer to exchange each of the notes for a new issue of our debt securities registered under the Securities Act, with terms substantially identical to those of the Ryerson Notes. Ryerson completed the exchange offer on April 9, 2009. As a result of completing the exchange offer, Ryerson satisfied its obligations under the registration rights agreement covering the Ryerson Notes.

$150 Million 8 ¹/4% Senior Notes due 2011

At March 31, 2011, $4.1 million of the 8 ¹/4% Senior Notes due 2011 (“2011 Notes”) remain outstanding. The 2011 Notes pay interest semi-annually and mature on December 15, 2011.

The 2011 Notes contained covenants, substantially all of which were removed pursuant to an amendment of the 2011 Notes as a result of the tender offer to repurchase the notes during 2007.

Foreign Debt

At March 31, 2011, Ryerson China’s total foreign borrowings were $29.9 million, of which, $27.2 million was owed to banks in Asia at a weighted average interest rate of 5.1% secured by inventory and property, plant and equipment. Ryerson China also owed $2.7 million at March 31, 2011 to other parties at a weighted average

 

F-49

---

Table of Contents

RYERSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

interest rate of 1.0%. At December 31, 2010, Ryerson China’s total foreign borrowings were $19.7 million, of which, $17.9 million was owed to banks in Asia at a weighted average interest rate of 4.3% secured by inventory and property, plant and equipment. Ryerson China also owed $1.8 million at December 31, 2010 to other parties at a weighted average interest rate of 1.0%. Availability under the foreign credit lines was $15 million and $14 million at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. Letters of credit issued by our foreign subsidiaries totaled $8 million and $7 million at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

NOTE 7: EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

The following table summarizes the components of net periodic benefit cost for the three-month period ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 for the Ryerson pension plans and postretirement benefits other than pension:

 

		Three Months Ended March 31,
		Pension Benefits								Other Benefits
		2011				2010				2011				2010
		(In millions)
Components of net periodic benefit cost
Service cost		$	1			$	1			$	—			$	1
Interest cost			11				11				2				2
Expected return on assets			(12	)			(12	)			—				—
Recognized actuarial net (gain) loss			1				2				(1	)			(1	)
Net periodic benefit cost		$	1			$	2			$	1			$	2

Contributions

The Company has contributed $8.3 million to the pension plan fund through the three months ended March 31, 2011 and anticipates that it will have a minimum required pension contribution funding of approximately $36 million for the remaining nine months of 2011.

NOTE 8: COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

From time to time, we are named as a defendant in legal actions incidental to our ordinary course of business. We do not believe that the resolution of these claims will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. We maintain liability insurance coverage to assist in protecting our assets from losses arising from or related to activities associated with business operations.

NOTE 9: DERIVATIVES AND FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Derivatives

The Company is exposed to certain risks relating to its ongoing business operations. The primary risks managed by using derivative instruments are interest rate risk, foreign currency risk, and commodity price risk. Interest rate swaps are entered into to manage interest rate risk associated with the Company’s floating-rate borrowings. We use foreign currency exchange contracts to hedge our Canadian subsidiaries’ variability in cash flows from the forecasted payment of currencies other than the functional currency. From time to time, we may enter into fixed price sales contracts with our customers for certain of our inventory components. We may enter into metal commodity futures and options contracts periodically to reduce volatility in the price of metals. We may also enter into natural gas price swaps to manage the price risk of forecasted purchases of natural gas. The Company currently does not account for its derivative contracts as hedges but rather marks them to market with a

 

F-50

---

Table of Contents

RYERSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

corresponding offset to current earnings. The Company regularly reviews the creditworthiness of its derivative counterparties and does not expect to incur a significant loss from the failure of any counterparties to perform under any agreements.

The following table summarizes the location and fair value amount of our derivative instruments reported in our consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

 

		Asset Derivatives																Liability Derivatives
		March 31, 2011								December 31, 2010								March 31, 2011								December 31, 2010
		Balance Sheet Location				Fair Value				Balance Sheet Location				Fair Value				Balance Sheet Location				Fair Value				Balance Sheet Location				Fair Value
		(In millions)
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815
Interest rate contracts			—				—				—				—				Other accrued liabilities			$	0.5				Other accrued liabilities			$	0.8
Foreign exchange contracts			—				—				—				—				Other accrued liabilities				0.4				Other accrued liabilities				0.3
Commodity contracts			Prepaid expenses and other current assets			$	0.7				Prepaid expenses and other current assets			$	0.7				Other accrued liabilities				—				Other accrued liabilities				0.1
Total derivatives						$	0.7							$	0.7							$	0.9							$	1.2

The Company’s interest rate forward contracts had a notional amount of $100 million as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010. As of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company’s foreign currency exchange contracts had a U.S. dollar notional amount of $11.6 million and $7.1 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company had 143 tons and 1,345 tons, respectively, of nickel futures or option contracts related to forecasted purchases. The Company entered into a natural gas price swap during 2010, which had a notional amount of 225,000 million British thermal units (“mmbtu”) as of December 31, 2010. The natural gas contract expired in March 2011. The Company entered into a hot roll steel coil option contract in 2010 related to forecasted purchases, which had a notional amount of 750 tons and 2,325 tons as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. The company entered into an aluminum price swap in 2010 related to forecasted purchases, which had a notional amount of 40 tons and 64 tons as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

 

F-51

---

Table of Contents

RYERSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

The following table summarizes the location and amount of gains and losses reported in our consolidated statement of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

						Amount of Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives
						Three Months Ended March 31,
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815		Location of  Gain/(Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivatives				2011				2010
						(In millions)
Interest rate contracts			Interest and other expense on debt			$	—			$	(0.6	)
Foreign exchange contracts			Other income and (expense), net				(0.1	)			(0.4	)
Metal commodity contracts			Cost of materials sold				(0.1	)			1.6
Natural gas commodity contracts			Warehousing, delivery, selling, general and administrative				(0.1	)			—
Total						$	(0.3	)		$	0.6

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

As permitted by ASC 820-10-65-1, the Company adopted the nonrecurring fair value measurement disclosures for nonfinancial assets and liabilities. To increase consistency and comparability in fair value measurements, ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three levels as follows:

1. Level 1—quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access as of the reporting date.

2. Level 2—inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are directly observable for the asset or liability or indirectly observable through corroboration with observable market data.

3. Level 3—unobservable inputs, such as internally-developed pricing models for the asset or liability due to little or no market activity for the asset or liability.

The following table presents assets and liabilities measured and recorded at fair value on our Consolidated Balance Sheets on a recurring basis and their level within the fair value hierarchy as of March 31, 2011:

 

		At March 31, 2011
		Level 1				Level 2				Level 3
		(In millions)
Assets
Cash equivalents:
Commercial paper		$	13.1			$	—			$	—
Prepaid and other current assets:
Common stock – available-for-sale investments		$	20.8			$	—			$	—
Mark-to-market derivatives:
Commodity contracts		$	—			$	0.7			$	—
Liabilities
Mark-to-market derivatives:
Interest rate contracts		$	—			$	0.5			$	—
Foreign exchange contracts			—				0.4				—
Total liability derivatives		$	—			$	0.9			$	—

 

F-52

---

Table of Contents

RYERSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

The following table presents assets and liabilities measured and recorded at fair value on our Consolidated Balance Sheets on a recurring basis and their level within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2010:

 

		At December 31, 2010
		Level 1				Level 2				Level 3
		(In millions)
Assets
Cash equivalents:
Commercial paper		$	18.1			$	—			$	—
Prepaid and other current assets:
Common stock – available-for-sale investments		$	20.2			$	—			$	—
Mark-to-market derivatives:
Commodity contracts		$	—			$	0.7			$	—
Liabilities
Mark-to-market derivatives:
Interest rate contracts		$	—			$	0.8			$	—
Foreign exchange contracts			—				0.3				—
Commodity contracts			—				0.1				—
Total liability derivatives		$	—			$	1.2			$	—

The fair value of each derivative contract is determined using Level 2 inputs and the market approach valuation technique, as described in ASC 820. The Company has various commodity derivatives to lock in nickel prices for varying time periods. The fair value of these derivatives is determined based on the spot price each individual contract was purchased at and compared with the one-month daily average actual spot price on the London Metals Exchange for nickel on the valuation date. The Company also has commodity derivatives to lock in hot roll coil and aluminum prices for varying time periods. The fair value of these derivatives is determined based on the spot price each individual contract was purchased at and compared with the one-month daily average actual spot price on the New York Mercantile Exchange for the commodity on the valuation date. The Company also has an interest rate swap to fix a portion of the Company’s interest payments on its debt obligations. The interest rate swap, which has a notional amount of $100 million, fixes a portion of our interest payments at an interest rate of 1.59%. The contract expires on July 15, 2011. The interest rate swap is valued using estimated future one-month LIBOR interest rates as compared to the fixed interest rate of 1.59%. In addition, the Company has numerous foreign exchange contracts to hedge our Canadian subsidiaries’ variability in cash flows from the forecasted payment of currencies other than the functional currency, the Canadian dollar. The Company defines the fair value of foreign exchange contracts as the amount of the difference between the contracted and current market value at the end of the period. The Company estimates the current market value of foreign exchange contracts by obtaining month-end market quotes of foreign exchange rates and forward rates for contracts with similar terms. The Company uses the exchange rates provided by Reuters. Each contract term varies in the number of months, but on average is between 3 to 12 months in length.

The carrying and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 were as follows:

 

		At March 31, 2011								At December 31, 2010
		Carrying Amount				Fair Value				Carrying Amount				Fair Value
		(In millions)
Cash and cash equivalents		$	41.9			$	41.9			$	62.6			$	62.6
Receivables less provision for allowances, claims and doubtful accounts			636.5				636.5				497.9				497.9
Accounts payable			390.8				390.8				287.5				287.5
Long-term debt, including current portion			1,307.7				1,331.9				1,211.3				1,206.2

 

F-53

---

Table of Contents

RYERSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

The estimated fair value of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents, receivables less provision for allowances, claims and doubtful accounts and accounts payable approximate their carrying amounts due to the short-term nature of these financial instruments. The estimated fair value of the Company’s long-term debt and the current portions thereof is determined by using quoted market prices of Company debt securities, where available, and from analyses performed using current interest rates considering credit ratings and the remaining terms of maturity.

Assets Held for Sale

The Company had $11.7 million and $14.3 million of assets held for sale, classified within other current assets, as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

Available-For-Sale Investments

The Company has classified investments made during 2010 as available-for-sale at the time of their purchase. Investments classified as available-for-sale are recorded at fair value with the related unrealized gains and losses included in accumulated other comprehensive income. Management evaluates investments in an unrealized loss position on whether an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred on a periodic basis. Factors considered by management in assessing whether an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred include: the nature of the investment; whether the decline in fair value is attributable to specific adverse conditions affecting the investment; the financial condition of the investee; the severity and the duration of the impairment; and whether we intend to sell the investment or will be required to sell the investment before recovery of its amortized cost basis. When it is determined that an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred, the investment is written down to its market value at the end of the period in which it is determined that an other-than-temporary decline has occurred. Realized gains and losses are recorded within the statement of operations upon sale of the security and are based on specific identification.

The Company’s available-for-sale securities as of March 31, 2011 can be summarized as follows:

 

		At March 31, 2011
		Cost				Gross Unrealized Gains				Gross Unrealized Losses				Fair Value
		(In millions)
Common stock		$	14.8			$	6.0			$	—			$	20.8

There is no maturity date for these investments and there have been no sales during the three months ended March 31, 2011.

 

F-54

---

Table of Contents

RYERSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

NOTE 10: STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT) AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

The following table details changes in capital accounts:

 

		Ryerson Holding Stockholders
																		Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
		Common Stock								Capital in Excess of Par Value				Accumulated Deficit				Foreign Currency Translation				Benefit Plan Liabilities				Unrealized Gain on Available- For-Sale Investments				Noncontrolling Interest				Total
		Shares				Dollars				Dollars				Dollars				Dollars				Dollars				Dollars				Dollars				Dollars
		(In millions, except shares in thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2010			5,000			$	—			$	224.9			$	(273.4	)		$	(6.6	)		$	(137.0	)		$	5.4			$	4.2			$	(182.5	)
Net income (loss)			—				—				—				(1.7	)			—				—				—				0.1				(1.6	)
Foreign currency translation			—				—				—				—				4.2				—				—				—				4.2
Benefit plan liabilities – adjustment for recognition of prior service cost and net loss			—				—				—				—				—				0.3				—				—				0.3
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale investment			—				—				—				—				—				—				0.6				—				0.6
Balance at March 31, 2011			5,000			$	—			$	224.9			$	(275.1	)		$	(2.4	)		$	(136.7	)		$	6.0			$	4.3			$	(179.0	)

The following sets forth the components of comprehensive income:

 

		Three Months Ended March  31,
		2011				2010
		(In millions)
Net loss		$	(1.6	)		$	(14.8	)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Foreign currency translation adjustments			4.2				6.1
Benefit plan liabilities – adjustment for recognition of prior service cost and net loss, net of tax provision of zero in 2011 and tax provision of $0.1 in 2010			0.3				0.2
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale investments			0.6				—
Total comprehensive income (loss)			3.5				(8.5	)
Less: Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest			0.1				—
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Ryerson Holding Corporation		$	3.4			$	(8.5	)

 

F-55

---

Table of Contents

RYERSON HOLDING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

NOTE 11: RELATED PARTIES

JT Ryerson pays an affiliate of Platinum an annual monitoring fee of up to $5.0 million pursuant to a corporate advisory services agreement. The monitoring fee recorded in the first three months of 2011 and 2010 was $1.3 million.

We declared and paid a dividend of $213.8 million to our stockholders on January 29, 2010.

NOTE 12: INCOME TAXES

For the three months ended March 31, 2011, the Company recorded an income tax benefit from operations of $1.2 million compared to income tax expense of $2.6 million in the prior year. The $1.2 million tax benefit in the first quarter of 2011 primarily represents a release of valuation allowance due to the recognition of deferred tax liabilities related to the acquisition of Singer Steel Company during the period, partially offset by foreign and US state income tax expense. Due to existing US federal tax loss carry forwards and a valuation allowance on related deferred tax assets, no US federal income tax expense was recorded in the quarter.

In accordance with ASC 740, the Company assesses, on a quarterly basis, the realizability of its deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance must be established when, based upon the evaluation of all available evidence, it is more-likely-than-not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In making this determination, we analyze, among other things, our recent history of earnings, cash flows and the nature and timing of future deductions and benefits represented by the deferred tax assets. As a result of U.S. pre-tax losses incurred in periods leading up to the second quarter of 2009, we were unable to rely on the positive evidence of projected future income to support all deferred tax assets. After considering both the positive and negative evidence available at the end of the second quarter of fiscal year 2009, the Company determined that it was more-likely-than-not that it would not realize the full value of a portion of its U.S. deferred tax assets. As a result, during the second quarter of 2009, the Company established a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets in the U.S. to reduce them to the amount that is more-likely-than-not to be realized. The valuation allowance is reviewed quarterly and will be maintained until sufficient positive evidence exists to support the reversal of some or all of the valuation allowance. The valuation allowance was $134.7 million and $136.6 million at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

NOTE 13: SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

JT Ryerson, one of our subsidiaries, is party to a corporate advisory services agreement with Platinum Advisors, an affiliate of Platinum, pursuant to which Platinum Advisors provides JT Ryerson certain business, management, administrative and financial advice. On                     , JT Ryerson’s Board of Directors approved the termination of this services agreement contingent on the closing of the initial public offering. As consideration for terminating the monitoring fee payable thereunder, JT Ryerson will pay Platinum Advisors $                     million. The Company will recognize the termination fee within Warehousing, delivery, selling, general and administrative expense upon the closing of the initial public offering.

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of March 31, 2011 included on the balance sheet gives effect to the payment of the termination fee as if it had occurred on March 31, 2011. Pro forma earnings per share – as adjusted for dividends in excess of earnings includes              million additional shares that represent, in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 1.B.3, the number of shares sold in an initial public offering, the proceeds of which are assumed for purposes of this calculation to have been used to fund a termination payment to the principal stockholder. The calculation assumes an initial offering price of $             per share, the mid-point of the price range. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet and unaudited pro forma earnings per share are presented for informational purposes only in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 1.B.3.

 

F-56

---

Table of Contents

---

Table of Contents

 

 

Until                     , 2011 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

             Shares

Ryerson Holding Corporation

Common Stock

 

 

P R O S P E C T U S

 

 

 

 

BofA Merrill Lynch

J.P. Morgan

 

 

 

 

 

                    , 2011

 

 

 

 

---

Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13.

Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by Ryerson Holding Corporation (“Ryerson Holding”) in connection with the sale of common stock being registered. All amounts shown are estimates, except the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the NYSE application fee.

 

Item		Amount to be Paid
SEC Registration Fee		$	56,548
FINRA Filing Fee			49,206
NYSE Fee			250,000
Legal and Accounting Fees and Expenses			2,350,000
Printing Expenses			310,000
Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees			3,500
Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance Premium			900,000
Miscellaneous			80,746
Total		$	4,000,000

 

Item 14.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will limit our directors’ and officers’ liability to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware corporate law. Specifically, our directors and officers will not be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty by a director or officer, except for liability:

 

•

for any breach of the director’s or officer’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

•

for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

•

under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

•

for any transaction from which a director or officer derives an improper personal benefit.

If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors or officers, then the liability of our directors and officers shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

The provision regarding indemnification of our directors and officers in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will generally not limit liability under state or federal securities laws.

Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provide that we will, in certain situations, indemnify any person made or threatened to be made a party to a proceeding by reason of that person’s former or present official capacity with our company against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses including reasonable attorney’s fees. Any person is also entitled, subject to certain limitations, to payment or reimbursement of reasonable expenses in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding. In addition, certain employment agreements to which we are a party provide for the indemnification of our employees who are party thereto.

 

II-1

---

Table of Contents

We also maintain a directors’ and officers’ insurance policy pursuant to which our directors and officers are insured against liability for actions taken in their capacities as directors and officers.

 

Item 15.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

On January 29, 2010, Ryerson Holding completed an offering of $483 million aggregate principal amount at maturity of 14 ¹/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2015 to qualified institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Banc of America Securities LLC and UBS Securities LLC were the Joint Book-Running Managers in connection with the sale of the notes. Ryerson Holding received net proceeds from the offering in the amount of approximately $215 million and the initial purchasers’ discount was 2.25% of the gross proceeds received by Ryerson Holding from the sale of the notes. Pursuant to a registration rights agreement, Ryerson Holding agreed to file with the SEC by October 26, 2010, a registration statement with respect to an offer to exchange each of the Ryerson Holding Notes for a new issue of Ryerson Holding’s debt securities registered under the Securities Act, with terms substantially identical to those of the Ryerson Holding Notes and to consummate an exchange offer no later than February 23, 2011. Ryerson Holding completed the exchange offer on December 7, 2010. As a result of completing the exchange offer, Ryerson Holding satisfied its obligations under the registration rights agreement covering the Ryerson Holding Notes.

 

Item 16.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

(a)

Exhibits

See Exhibit Index attached to this registration statement, which is incorporated by reference herein.

 

(b)

Financial Statement Schedules

See the following attached Financial Statement Schedules:

 

(1)

Schedule I—Condensed financial information of Ryerson Holding Corporation (page 13); and

 

(2)

Schedule II—Valuation and qualifying accounts (page F-39)

All other schedules are omitted since the required information is not present or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedules.

 

Item 17.

Undertakings.

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-2

---

Table of Contents

(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3

---

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 12 to its Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, in the State of New York, on this 21st day of June, 2011.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 12 to its Registration Statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature		Title		Date
* Michael C. Arnold		Chief Executive Officer and President (Principal Executive Officer)		June 21, 2011
/S/ TERENCE R. ROGERS Terence R. Rogers		Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)		June 21, 2011
* Erich S. Schnaufer		Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)		June 21, 2011
* Eva M. Kalawski		Director		June 21, 2011
* Mary Ann Sigler		Director		June 21, 2011
* Jacob Kotzubei		Director		June 21, 2011
* Robert L. Archambault		Director		June 21, 2011

*By:		/S/ TERENCE R. ROGERS
		Terence R. Rogers

 

II-4

---

Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit Number		Exhibit Description
1.1		Form of Purchase Agreement.††
2.1		Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated July 24, 2007, by and among Ryerson Holding Corporation (f/k/a Rhombus Holding Corporation), Rhombus Merger Corporation and Ryerson Inc.(a)
3.1		Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Ryerson Holding Corporation.††
3.2		Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Ryerson Holding Corporation.††
4.1		Form of Common Stock Certificate of Ryerson Holding Corporation.††
4.2		Indenture, dated as of January 29, 2010, by and among Ryerson Holding Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee.††
4.3		First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 12, 2010, between Ryerson Holding Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee.††
4.4		Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2009, by and among Rhombus Holding Corporation, Platinum Equity Capital Partners, L.P., Platinum Equity Capital Partners-A, L.P., Platinum Equity Capital Partners-PF, L.P., Platinum Equity Capital Partners II, L.P., Platinum Equity Capital Partners-A II, L.P., Platinum Equity Capital Partners-PF II, L.P., Platinum Rhombus Principals, LLC, and the stockholders party thereto.††
4.5		Amendment to Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2009, by and among Rhombus Holding Corporation, Platinum Equity Capital Partners, L.P., Platinum Equity Capital Partners-A, L.P., Platinum Equity Capital Partners-PF, L.P., Platinum Equity Capital Partners II, L.P., Platinum Equity Capital Partners-A II, L.P., Platinum Equity Capital Partners-PF II, L.P., Platinum Rhombus Principals, LLC, Moelis Capital Partners Opportunity Fund I, LP and Moelis Capital Partners Opportunity Fund I-A, LP.††
4.6		Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of April 15, 2010, by and among Ryerson Holding Corporation, Platinum Equity Capital Partners, L.P., Platinum Equity Capital Partners-PF, L.P., Platinum Equity Capital Partners-A, L.P., Platinum Equity Capital Partners II, L.P., Platinum Equity Capital Partners-PF II, L.P., Platinum Equity Capital Partners-A II, L.P. and Platinum Rhombus Principals, LLC.††
4.7		Pledge Agreement, dated as of January 29, 2010, by Ryerson Holding Corporation, in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as collateral agent.(a)
5.1		Opinion of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP regarding the validity of the securities being registered.††
10.1		Credit Agreement, dated as of October 19, 2007, by and among Rhombus Merger Corporation, Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC, as sole lead arranger and book manager, Ryerson Canada, Inc., as Canadian borrower, Wachovia Capital Finance Corporation (Central), as co-documentation agents, Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC, General Electric Capital Corporation, as co-syndication agents, ABN AMRO Bank N.V., Bank of America, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch), as Canadian agent, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders named therein.(a)
10.2		Amendment No. 1, dated as of March 14, 2011, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 19, 2007, by and among Rhombus Merger Corporation, Joseph T. Ryerson & Son, Inc., Bank of America Securities LLC, as sole lead arranger and book manager, Ryerson Canada, Inc., as Canadian borrower, Wachovia Capital Finance Corporation (Central), as co-documentation agents, Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC, General Electric Capital Corporation, as co-syndication agents, ABN AMRO Bank N.V., Bank of America, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch), as Canadian agent, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders named therein.(c)

---

Table of Contents

Exhibit Number		Exhibit Description
10.3		Guarantee and Security Agreement, dated as of October 19, 2007, by and among Rhombus Merger Corporation, the pledgors and guarantors party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent.(a)
10.4		Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of October 19, 2007, by and among Bank of America, N.A., as ABL collateral agent and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as notes collateral agent.(a)
10.5		General Security Agreement, dated October 19, 2007, by and between Ryerson Canada, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A., as Canadian Agent.(a)
10.6		Offer Letter Agreement, dated November 9, 2010, by and between Ryerson Inc. and Michael C. Arnold.(c)
10.7		Employment Agreement, dated July 23, 2001, by and between Ryerson Tull, Inc. and Terence R. Rogers.(a)
10.8		Indemnification Agreement, dated July 24, 2007, by and between Ryerson Inc. and Terence R. Rogers.(a)
10.9		Ryerson Nonqualified Savings Plan.(b)
10.10		Offer Letter Agreement, dated January 8, 2008, between Ryerson Inc. and Matthias Heilmann.(b)
10.11		Rhombus Holding Corporation Amended and Restated 2009 Participation Plan.††
10.12		Ryerson Annual Incentive Plan (as amended through June 14, 2007).††
10.13		Ryerson Holding Corporation 2010 Stock Incentive Plan.††
21.1		List of Subsidiaries of Ryerson Holding Corporation.††
23.1		Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.*
23.2		Consent of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).††
24.1		Power of Attorney.††
99.1		Consent of Kirk K. Calhoun.††

 

*	Filed herewith.

††	Previously filed.

(a)	Incorporated by reference to Ryerson Inc.’s Form S-4 filed on July 3, 2008 (File No. 333-152102).

(b)	Incorporated by reference to Ryerson Inc.’s Form S-4/A-2 filed on February 24, 2009 (File No. 333-152102).

(c)	Incorporated by reference to Ryerson Holding Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 filed on March 15, 2011 (File No. 001-34735).